#: en/acceptLicense.xml:31 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Άδεια χρήσης και σημειώσεις έκδοσης" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:35 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"acceptLicense-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=\"center\" revision=" "\"4\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=" "\"live-license.png\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" revision=\"5\" align=" "\"center\" condition=\"live\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"acceptLicense-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=\"center\" revision=" "\"4\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=" "\"live-license.png\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" revision=\"5\" align=" "\"center\" condition=\"live\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Άδεια χρήσης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" "Before installing Mageia, please read the license terms and conditions " "carefully." msgstr "" "Πριν την εγκατάσταση της Mageia, παρακαλώ διαβάστε τους όρους και τις " "συνθήκες της άδειας χρήσης προσεκτικά." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:56 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire Mageia distribution and must " "be accepted before you can continue." msgstr "" "Οι όροι και οι συνθήκες ισχύουν για ολόκληρη τη διανομή Mageia και θα πρέπει " "να τους αποδεχτείτε πριν να συνεχίσετε." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:61 msgid "" "To proceed, simply select <emphasis>Accept</emphasis> and then click on " "<emphasis>Next</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Για να συνεχίσετε, απλά επιλέξτε <emphasis>Αποδοχή</emphasis> και έπειτα " "κάντε κλικ στο <emphasis>Επόμενο</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for your " "interest in Mageia. Clicking <emphasis>Quit</emphasis> will reboot your " "computer." msgstr "" "Αν τελικά αποφασίσετε να μην αποδεχτείτε τους όρους, σας ευχαριστούμε για το " "ενδιαφέρον σας για την Mageia και για να συνεχίσετε κάντε κλικ στο " "<emphasis>Έξοδος</emphasis> για επανεκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:76 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Σημειώσεις έκδοσης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:83 msgid "" "Important information about this particular Mageia release can be viewed by " "clicking on the <emphasis>Release Notes</emphasis> button." msgstr "" "Μπορείτε να δείτε τις σημαντικές πληροφορίες σχετικά με αυτήν την έκδοση της " "Mageia κάνοντας κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis>Σημειώσεις έκδοσης</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:3 msgid "Supplemental Installation Media" msgstr "Επιπρόσθετο μέσο εγκατάστασης" #. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created #. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection #. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. 2018/02/10 apb: Text and typgraphy. #. 2018/02/16 apb: Update dx2-add_supplemental_media.png to Mga6 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media." "png\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\" align=\"center\" revision=" "\"1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media." "png\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\" align=\"center\" revision=" "\"1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:23 msgid "" "This screen shows you the list of already recognised repositories. You can " "add other sources for packages, like an optical-disc or a remote source. " "The source selection determines which packages will be available during the " "subsequent steps." msgstr "" "Σε αυτήν την οθόνη έχετε μια λίστα των ήδη αναγνωρισμένων αποθετηρίων. " "Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε και άλλες πηγές πακέτων, όπως έναν οπτικό οδηγό ή μια " "απομακρυσμένη πηγή. Η επιλογή των πηγών καθορίζει ποια πακέτα θα είναι " "διαθέσιμα σε μεταγενέστερα βήματα." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:28 msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" msgstr "Για μια δικτυακή πηγή, θα πρέπει να ακολουθήσετε δυο βήματα:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:32 msgid "Choosing and activating the network, if not already up." msgstr "Επιλογή και ενεργοποίηση του δικτύου, αν δεν είναι ήδη ενεργοποιημένο." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:36 msgid "" "Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " "mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " "Mageia, like the <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis>, the <emphasis>Tainted</" "emphasis> repositories and the <emphasis>Updates</emphasis>. With the URL, " "you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS installation." msgstr "" "Επιλογή ενός καθρεπτισμού ή καθορισμός του URL (η πρώτη καταχώρηση) " "Επιλέγοντας έναν καθρεπτισμό , έχετε τη δυνατότητα να επιλέξετε μεταξύ των " "αποθετηρίων που διαχειρίζονται από τη Mageia, όπως το <emphasis>Nonfree</" "emphasis>, <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> και <emphasis>Updates</emphasis>. Με " "το URL, μπορείτε να υποδείξετε ένα συγκεκριμένο αποθετήριο ή τη δική σας " "εγκατάσταση NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 msgid "" "If you are updating a 64-bit installation which may contain some 32-bit " "packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " "selecting one of the Network protocols here. The 64-bit DVD ISO only " "contains 64-bit and <emphasis>noarch</emphasis> packages, it will not be " "able to update the 32-bit packages. However, after adding an online mirror, " "the installer will find the needed 32-bit packages there." msgstr "" "Αν κάνετε ενημέρωση μιας 64bit εγκατάστασης η οποία μπορεί να περιέχει " "μερικά 32bit πακέτα, συνιστάται να χρησιμοποιήσετε την οθόνη προσθήκης ενός " "διαδικτυακού καθρεπτισμού επιλέγοντας ένα από τα παρόντα δικτυακά " "πρωτόκολλα. Το 64bit DVD ISO περιέχει μόνο 64bit και <emphasis>noarch</" "emphasis> πακέτα· δεν θα είναι σε θέση να ενημερώσει τα 32bit πακέτα. " "Ωστόσο, μετά την προσθήκη ενός διαδικτυακού καθρεπτισμού, ο εγκαταστάτης θα " "εντοπίσει εκεί τα 32bit πακέτα." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:9 msgid "User Management" msgstr "Διαχείριση χρηστών:" #. Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask) #. 2018/02/12 apb: Text and Typography. #. 2018/02/19 apb: Update dx2-setRootPassword.png to Mga6. #. 2018/02/21 apb: Changed title from 'User and Superuser Management' to 'User Management'. Docteam approved (plus, the SC title is User Management). #. Also changed 'Advanced User Management' to 'User Management (advanced)'. #. 2018/02/24 apb: Changed list style. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:24 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" "\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=" "\"live-user1.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" "\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=" "\"live-user1.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:36 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Ορίστε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του διαχειριστή (root):" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/addUser.xml:40 msgid "" "It is advisable for all Mageia installations to set a <literal>superuser</" "literal> (Administrator) password, usually called the <emphasis>root </" "emphasis>password in Linux. As you type a password into the top box a shield " "will change from red-to-yellow-to-green depending on the strength of the " "password. A green shield shows you are using a strong password. You need to " "repeat the same password in the box underneath, to check that the first " "entry was not mistyped." msgstr "" "Συνιστάται για όλες τις εγκαταστάσεις Mageia ο καθορισμός ενός κωδικού " "πρόσβαση <literal>διαχειριστή</literal>· στο Linux συνηθίζεται να λέγεται " "<emphasis>κωδικός root</emphasis>. Καθώς πληκτρολογείτε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης " "στο πεδίο θα δείτε το εικονίδιο με την ασπίδα να αλλάζει από ερυθρό σε " "κίτρινο και σε πράσινο αναλόγως με την ισχύ του κωδικού πρόσβασης. Μια " "πράσινη ασπίδα δείχνει την χρήση ενός ισχυρού κωδικού πρόσβασης. Για την " "αποφυγή λαθών πληκτρολόγησης θα πρέπει να επαναλάβετε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης " "στο επόμενο πεδίο." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:49 msgid "" "All passwords are case-sensitive. It is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." msgstr "" "Όλοι οι κωδικοί κάνουν διάκριση μεταξύ πεζών και κεφαλαίων, συνιστάται η " "χρήση μικτών γραμμάτων (πεζών και κεφαλαίων), αριθμών και λοιπών χαρακτήρων " "σε έναν κωδικό." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:57 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Εισαγωγή ενός χρήστη" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/addUser.xml:60 msgid "" "Add a User here. A regular user has fewer privileges than the " "<literal>superuser</literal> (root), but enough to use the Internet, office " "applications or play games and anything else the average user might use a " "computer for." msgstr "" "Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε έναν χρήστη. Ένας χρήστης έχει λιγότερα " "δικαιώματα από τον <literal>διαχειριστή</literal> (root), αλλά αρκετά από " "προεπιλογή ώστε να πλοηγείται στο διαδίκτυο, να χρησιμοποιεί εφαρμογές " "γραφείου ή να παίζει παιχνίδια και οτιδήποτε άλλο κάνει ένας μέσος χρήστης " "με τον υπολογιστή του." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:67 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Icon</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Εικονίδιο</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:69 msgid "Click on this button if you want to change the user's icon" msgstr "" "Κάνετε κλικ σε αυτό το κουμπί αν θέλετε να αλλάξετε το εικονίδιο του χρήστη" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:74 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Real Name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Πραγματικό όνομα</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:76 msgid "Insert the user's real name into this text box" msgstr "Εισαγάγετε το πραγματικό όνομα του χρήστη σε αυτό το πλαίσιο κειμένου" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Όνομα σύνδεσης</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:82 msgid "" "Enter the user login name or let DrakX use a version of the user's real " "name. <emphasis role=\"bold\">The login name is case-sensitive.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Εισαγάγετε το όνομα σύνδεσης χρήστη ή αφήστε το DrakX να χρησιμοποιήσει μια " "μορφή του πραγματικού ονόματος του χρήστη. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Το όνομα " "σύνδεσης κάνει διάκριση μεταξύ πεζών και κεφαλαίων.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:88 en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Κωδικός πρόσβασης</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:90 msgid "" "Type in the user password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that " "indicates the strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=" "\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" "Πληκτρολογήστε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του χρήστη. Και εδώ, υπάρχει μια ασπίδα " "στην άκρη του πλαισίου που δείχνει κατά πόσο είναι ισχυρός ο κωδικός " "πρόσβασης του χρήστη. (Δείτε επίσης <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password (again):</emphasis> Retype the user " "password. DrakX will check that you have not mistyped the password." msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Κωδικός πρόσβασης (ξανά)</emphasis>: Επαναλάβετε τον " "κωδικό πρόσβασης του χρήστη· το DrakX θα ελέγξει ότι έχετε πληκτρολογήσει " "τον ίδιο κωδικό πρόσβασης." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "Any users added while installing Mageia, will have a home directory that is " "both read and write protected (umask=0027)" msgstr "" "Κάθε χρήστης που προσθέτετε κατά την εγκατάσταση της Mageia, θα έχει έναν " "προσωπικό κατάλογο με προστασία εγγραφής και ανάγνωσης (umask=0027)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:104 msgid "" "You can add any extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</" "emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</" "emphasis>." msgstr "" "Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε όλους τους απαραίτητους επιπλέον χρήστες από το βήμα " "<emphasis>Διαμόρφωση - Σύνοψη</emphasis> κατά την εγκατάσταση. Επιλέξτε " "<emphasis>Διαχείριση χρηστών</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:108 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "" "Οι άδειες πρόσβασης μπορούν επίσης να τροποποιηθούν και μετά την εγκατάσταση." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "User Management (advanced)" msgstr "Διαχείριση χρηστών (προηγμένη)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/addUser.xml:118 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> option allows you to edit further settings " "for the user you are adding." msgstr "" "Το κουμπί <emphasis>για προχωρημένους</emphasis> σας επιτρέπει να " "επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις για τον χρήστη που προσθέτετε." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:123 msgid "" "<emphasis>Shell</emphasis>: This drop-down list allows you to change the " "shell available to any user you added in the previous screen. Options are " "<literal>Bash</literal>, <literal>Dash</literal> and <literal>Sh</literal>" msgstr "" "<emphasis>Κέλυφος</emphasis>: Αυτό το αναπτυσσόμενο κατάστιχο σας επιτρέπει " "να αλλάξετε το κέλυφος που χρησιμοποιείται από τον χρήστη που προσθέτετε " "στην προηγούμενη οθόνη. Οι επιλογές είναι <literal>Bash</literal>, " "<literal>Dash</literal> και <literal>Sh</literal>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:130 msgid "" "<emphasis>User ID</emphasis>: Here you can set the user ID for any user you " "added in the previous screen. If you are unsure what the purpose of this is, " "then leave it blank." msgstr "" "<emphasis>Αναγνωριστικό χρήστη</emphasis>: Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε το " "αναγνωριστικό του χρήστη που προσθέσατε στην προηγούμενη οθόνη. Αν δεν " "ξέρετε τι να κάνετε αφήστε το κενό." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:136 msgid "" "<emphasis>Group ID</emphasis>: This lets you set the group ID. Again, if " "unsure, leave it blank." msgstr "" "<emphasis>Αναγνωριστικό ομάδος</emphasis>: Σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε το " "αναγνωριστικό της ομάδος. Αν δεν ξέρετε τι να κάνετε αφήστε το κενό." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:10 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Επιλογή των σημείων προσάρτησης" #. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 #. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back #. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 #. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" #. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) #. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes #. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans #. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it #. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. 2018/02/12 apb: Text and typography. #. 2019/01/04 apb: Typo & minor reword on custom mount-points. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" "\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " "<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints.png\" format=" "\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" "\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " "<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints.png\" format=" "\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the DrakX suggestions, you can change the mount points " "yourself." msgstr "" "Εδώ βλέπετε τις κατατμήσεις Linux που βρέθηκαν στον υπολογιστή σας. Αν δεν " "συμφωνείτε με τις προτάσεις του DrakX, μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τα σημεία " "προσάρτησης." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" "To the left of the drop-down menus is a list of available partitions. For " "example: <filename>sda</filename> is a hard drive - and <filename>5</" "filename> is a <emphasis>partition number</emphasis>, followed by " "the<emphasis> (capacity, mount point, filesystem type)</emphasis> of the " "partition." msgstr "" "Στα αριστερά του αναπτυσσόμενου μενού βρίσκεται ένα κατάστιχο με τις " "διαθέσιμες κατατμήσεις. Για παράδειγμα: <filename>sda</filename> είναι ένας " "σκληρός δίσκος και <filename>5</filename> είναι ένας <emphasis>αριθμός " "κατάτμησης</emphasis>, ακολουθούμενος από τα (χωρητικότητα, σημείο " "προσάρτησης, τύπος συστήματος αρχείων)<emphasis> της κατάτμησης." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:63 msgid "" "If you have several partitions, you can choose various different " "<emphasis>mount points</emphasis> from the drop down menu, such as " "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename> and <filename>/var</" "filename>. You can even make your own mount points, for instance <filename>/" "video</filename> for a partition where you want to store your films, or " "perhaps <filename>/Data</filename> for all your data files." msgstr "" "Αν έχετε πολλαπλές κατατμήσεις, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε διάφορα " "<emphasis>σημεία προσάρτησης</emphasis> από το αναπτυσσόμενο μενού, όπως " "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename> και <filename>/var</" "filename>. Μπορείτε επίσης να ορίσετε τα δικά σας σημεία προσάρτησης, για " "παράδειγμα <filename>/video</filename> για μια κατάτμηση όπου θα αποθηκεύετε " "τις ταινίες σας, ή <filename>/Data</filename> (ή κάποιο άλλο όνομα) για τα " "δεδομένα σας." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:73 msgid "" "For any partitions that you don't need to make use of, you can leave the " "mount point field blank." msgstr "" "Για τις κατατμήσεις που δεν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε, μπορείτε να αφήσετε " "το πεδίο του σημείου προσάρτησης κενό." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:79 msgid "" "If you make any changes here, ensure you still have a <filename>/</filename> " "(root) partition." msgstr "" "Αν πραγματοποιήσετε οποιαδήποτε αλλαγή εδώ, σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε πάντα " "μια κατάτμηση <filename>/</filename> (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:84 msgid "" "If you are not sure what to choose, click <emphasis>Previous</emphasis> to " "go back and then tick <emphasis>Custom disk partitioning</emphasis>, where " "you can click on a partition to see its type and size." msgstr "" "Αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η τι να επιλέξτε, κάντε κλικ στο " "<emphasis>Προηγούμενο</emphasis> για να οπισθοδρομήσετε και στη συνέχεια " "επιλέξτε <emphasis>Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση του δίσκου</emphasis>, όπου " "μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ σε μια κατάτμηση για να δείτε τον τύπο και το " "μέγεθός της." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:90 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <emphasis>Next</" "emphasis>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition " "suggested by DrakX, or more." msgstr "" "Αν είστε σίγουρος-η ότι τα σημεία προσάρτησης είναι σωστά, κάντε κλικ στο " "<emphasis>Επόμενο</emphasis>, και επιλέξτε αν επιθυμείτε την μορφοποίηση (με " "διαγραφή δεδομένων) των κατατμήσεων που προτείνει το DrakX, ή άλλες επιλογές." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/bestTime.xml:5 msgid "Clock Settings" msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις του ρολογιού" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/bestTime.xml:8 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" "bestTime.png\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" "bestTime.png\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/bestTime.xml:12 msgid "" "Here, you can select whether your computer internal clock is set to local " "time or UTC time." msgstr "" "Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τον ορισμό της ώρας της μητρικής κάρτας στην " "τοπική ώρα ή σε UTC (Συντονισμένη Παγκόσμια Ώρα)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/bestTime.xml:14 msgid "" "In the <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> tab, you can enable automatic time " "synchronization and specify an NTP server." msgstr "" "Στην καρτέλα <emphasis>Προηγμένες</emphasis>, μπορείτε να ενεργοποιήσετε τον " "αυτόματο συγχρονισμό της ώρας και να καθορίσετε έναν διακομιστή NTP " "(Πρωτόκολλο Δικτυακού Χρόνου)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/bootLive.xml:21 msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" msgstr "Εκκίνηση της Mageia ως σύστημα Live" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/bootLive.xml:26 msgid "Booting the medium" msgstr "Εκκίνηση του μέσου" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:29 msgid "" "You can boot directly from a Live DVD or USB. Usually, you just need to plug " "the USB device in or place the DVD in the drive and restart the computer." msgstr "" "Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε απευθείας από ένα ζωντανό DVD ή USB. Συνήθως, " "χρειάζεται απλώς να συνδέσετε την συσκευή USB ή να εισαγάγετε το DVD στον " "οδηγό και να επανεκκινήσετε τον υπολογιστή." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:33 msgid "" "If the computer does not automatically boot from the USB or DVD you may need " "to reconfigure your BIOS Boot Disk priority. Alternatively, you might try " "accessing the boot device menu to select a device from which the computer " "will boot." msgstr "" "Αν ο υπολογιστής δεν ξεκινά αυτομάτως από το USB ή το DVD ίσως να χρειάζεται " "να αναδιαμορφώσετε την προτεραιότητα εκκίνησης δίσκων του BIOS. Εναλλακτικά, " "μπορείτε να προσπαθήσετε να προσπελάσετε το μενού συσκευών εκκίνησης για να " "επιλέξετε την συσκευή από την οποία θα εκκινηθεί ο υπολογιστής." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:39 msgid "" "To access the BIOS or boot menu when the computer is starting, you can try " "pressing either <keycap>F2</keycap>, <keycap>Del</keycap> or <keycap>Esc</" "keycap> for the BIOS, or <keycap>Esc</keycap>, <keycap>F8</keycap>, " "<keycap>F10</keycap> or <keycap>F11</keycap> for the boot device menu. These " "(fairly common) keys are just a selection of possible options though." msgstr "" "Για προσπέλαση στο μενού εκκίνησης του BIOS κατά την εκκίνηση του " "υπολογιστή, μπορείτε να προσπαθήσετε να πιέσετε <keycap>F2</keycap>, " "<keycap>Del</keycap> ή <keycap>Esc</keycap> για το BIOS, ή <keycap>Esc</" "keycap>, <keycap>F8</keycap>, <keycap>F10</keycap> ή <keycap>F11</keycap> " "για το μενού εκκίνησης συσκευών. Αυτά τα (συνήθως κοινά) πλήκτρα δεν είναι " "παρά μόνο ένα κατάστιχο πιθανών επιλογών." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:48 msgid "" "The actual screen that you will first see when booting from the Live media " "will depend on whether your computer motherboard is of the Legacy (BIOS) or " "UEFI type." msgstr "" "Η τρέχουσα οθόνη που βλέπετε αμέσως μετά την εκκίνηση σε ένα ζωντανό μέσο " "εξαρτάται από το αν η μητρική κάρτα διαθέτει έναν παλαιού τύπου BIOS ή τύπου " "UEFI" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/bootLive.xml:56 msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" msgstr "Στο BIOS/CSM/Λειτουργία παλαιού τύπου" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/bootLive.xml:60 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:65 msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" msgstr "Η πρώτη οθόνη εκκινώντας σε λειτουργία BIOS" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><title> #: en/bootLive.xml:70 en/bootLive.xml:142 en/installer.xml:106 #: en/installer.xml:154 msgid "Menu" msgstr "Μενού" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:73 en/bootLive.xml:145 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot Mageia</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Εκκίνηση της Mageia</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:75 msgid "" "This option will boot the Mageia Live system from the connected DVD/USB " "media (expect a very slow system compared to an installed OS)." msgstr "" "Αυτή η επιλογή θα εκκινήσει το ζωντανό σύστημα Mageia από το συνδεδεμένο DVD/" "USB (να περιμένετε ένα αρκετά αργό σύστημα εν συγκρίσει με ένα εγκατεστημένο " "λειτουργικό σύστημα)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:79 msgid "Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation." msgstr "" "Μετά το πέρας της εκκίνησης, μπορείτε να συνεχίσετε με την εγκατάσταση." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:84 en/bootLive.xml:100 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">+ use non-free video drivers (slower to boot)</" "emphasis>" msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">+ με ιδιόκτητους οδηγούς γραφικών (βραδύτερη " "εκκίνηση)</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:87 msgid "Boot the Mageia Live system using non-free video drivers" msgstr "" "Εκκίνηση του Ζωντανού συστήματος της Mageia με ιδιόκτητους οδηγούς βίντεο" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:94 en/bootLive.xml:153 en/installer.xml:109 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Install Mageia</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Εγκατάσταση της Mageia</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:96 en/bootLive.xml:155 msgid "This option will install Mageia to a hard disk." msgstr "Αυτή η επιλογή θα εγκαταστήσει τη Mageia στον σκληρό δίσκο." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:103 msgid "Install Mageia using non-free video drivers" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση της Mageia με ιδιόκτητους οδηγούς βίντεο" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:109 en/installer.xml:125 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Memory Test</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:111 en/installer.xml:127 msgid "" "Test the installed RAM by performing multiple read and write operations. " "Reboot to end the test." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:116 en/bootLive.xml:159 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"> F2 Language</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:118 en/bootLive.xml:161 msgid "" "Press <keycap>F2</keycap> to have the installer use a specific language " "during the installation. Use the arrow keys to select the language then " "press <keycap>Enter</keycap>." msgstr "" "Πιέστε <keycap>F2</keycap> για χρήση μιας συγκεκριμένης γλώσσας για την " "εγκατάσταση. Χρησιμοποιήστε τα βελάκια για να επιλέξετε την γλώσσα και " "πιέστε <keycap>Enter</keycap>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/bootLive.xml:127 msgid "In UEFI mode" msgstr "Σε λειτουργία UEFI" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/bootLive.xml:131 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bootUEFI.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:137 msgid "First screen while booting in UEFI mode" msgstr "Η πρώτη οθόνη εκκινώντας σε λειτουργία UEFI" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:147 msgid "" "This option will boot the Mageia Live system from the connected Dvd/USB " "media (expect a very slow system compared to an installed OS). Once the " "boot is done, you can proceed to the installation" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:168 msgid "" "If you booted from a USB stick, you will see the above menu options " "duplicated, and in this case, you should choose from the menu pair that will " "be suffixed with \"USB\"." msgstr "" "Αν κάνατε την εκκίνηση από ένα κλειδί USB, θα δείτε τις ανωτέρω επιλογές του " "μενού διπλές. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε από το ζεύγος " "με την κατάληξη «USB»." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Επιλογή περιβάλλοντος εργασίας" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:23 msgid "Some choices made here will open other screens with related options." msgstr "" "Μερικές από τις επιλογές σε αυτό το στάδιο θα ανοίξουν άλλες οθόνες με " "σχετικές επιλογές." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slideshow during the " "installation of required packages. The slideshow can be disabled by pressing " "the <emphasis>Details</emphasis> button." msgstr "" "Μετά τα βήματα επιλογής, θα δείτε ένα διαπόραμα κατά τη διάρκεια της " "εγκατάστασης των πακέτων Το διαπόραμα μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί πατώντας στο " "κουμπί <emphasis>Λεπτομέρειες</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:31 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" " "format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" " "format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:38 msgid "" "Choose whether you prefer to use the KDE Plasma or GNOME desktop " "environment. Both come with a full set of useful applications and tools." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:44 msgid "" "Select <emphasis>Custom</emphasis> if you do not wish to use either (or, " "actually use both) of these, or if you want to modify the default software " "choices for these desktop environments. The LXDE desktop, for instance, is " "lighter than the previous two, sporting less eye candy and having fewer " "packages installed by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Επιλογή ομάδας πακέτων" #. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC #. 2018/02/25 apb: add xreflabel to this section. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:11 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png" "\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png" "\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 msgid "" "Packages are arranged into common groups, to make choosing what you need on " "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." msgstr "" "Τα πακέτα έχουν ταξινομηθεί σε κοινές ομάδες, για να σας διευκολύνουν στην " "επιλογή των πακέτων που χρειάζεστε. Το περιεχόμενο των ομάδων διακρίνεται " "εύκολα από τον τίτλο τους, ωστόσο περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το " "περιεχόμενο του καθενός υπάρχουν στις υποδείξεις που εμφανίζονται κατά το " "πέρασμα του ποντικιού από πάνω τους." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Workstation</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Σταθμός εργασίας</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Server</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Εξυπηρετητής</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphical Environment</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Γραφικό περιβάλλον</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Individual Package Selection</emphasis>: you can use " "this option to manually add or remove packages" msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων</emphasis>: μπορείτε να " "χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή για την προσθήκη επιπλέον πακέτων " "χειροκίνητα." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:40 msgid "" "See <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a " "minimal install (without or with X & IceWM)." msgstr "" "Ανατρέξτε στο <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> για οδηγίες σχετικά με την " "ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση (με ή χωρίς X & IceWM)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:3 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων" #. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. 2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography. #. 2018/02/25 apb: add xreflabel to this section. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" "\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" "\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customize your installation." msgstr "" "Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε οποιαδήποτε επιπλέον πακέτα για να προσαρμόσετε " "την εγκατάστασή σας." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:21 msgid "" "After having made your choice, you can click on the <emphasis>floppy</" "emphasis> icon at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " "(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " "same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " "and choosing to load it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Διαμορφώστε τις υπηρεσίες σας" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. 2018/02/16 apb: Minor text adjustment. #. 2018/02/25 apb: a) add xreflabel for this section. b) Added some bullets to the text. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:15 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" "\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" "\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:20 msgid "" "Here you can choose which services should start when you boot your system." msgstr "" "Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε εκκίνηση των υπηρεσιών με την έναρξη του συστήματος." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:25 msgid "" "Click on a triangle to expand a group to all the relevant services. The " "settings DrakX chose are usually good." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:31 msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." msgstr "" "Αν τονίσετε με το ποντίκι μια υπηρεσία, θα εμφανιστεί μια υπόδειξη με " "σχετικές πληροφορίες." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:37 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "Αλλάξτε κάτι μόνο αν γνωρίζετε πολύ καλά τι κάνετε." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Διαμόρφωση της ζώνης ώρας" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. 2018/02/13 apb: Minor text adjustment. #. 2018/02/25 apb: Added xreflabel to this section. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:15 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" "configureTimezoneUTC.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"png\" fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" " "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" "Choose your timezone by choosing your country, or a city close to you in the " "same timezone." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:32 msgid "" "In the next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time " "or to GMT, also known as UTC." msgstr "" "Στην επόμενη οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τη ρύθμιση της τοπικής ώρας βάσει " "του ρολογιού της μητρικής κάρτας ή GMT (Γκρίνουϊτς), γνωστή και ως UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:37 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." msgstr "" "Αν έχετε περισσότερα από ένα λειτουργικά συστήματα στον υπολογιστή σας, " "σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλα έχουν ρυθμιστεί στην τοπική ώρα, ή σε UTC/GMT στο " "σύνολό τους." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" msgstr "Επιλέξτε έναν εξυπηρετητή X (Διαμόρφωση της κάρτας γραφικών)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:29 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list." "png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." msgstr "" "Το DrakX διαθέτει μια πολύ περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων καρτών γραφικών και " "συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά την κάρτα σας." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:38 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" msgstr "" "Αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την κάρτα γραφικών σας και " "γνωρίζετε τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου ανά:" #. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:41 en/configureX_monitor.xml:74 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Κατασκευαστής" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:45 msgid "then the make of your card" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:49 msgid "and the model of card" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:53 msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "<emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> category, which provides more than 40 generic and " "open source video card drivers. If you still can't find a specific driver " "for your card there is the option of using the VESA driver which provides " "basic capabilities." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><caution><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:61 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the <emphasis>Command Line Interface</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:65 msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository and in " "some cases only from the card manufacturers' websites. The " "<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository needs to be explicitly enabled to " "access them. If you didn't enable it previously, you should do this after " "your first reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Διαμόρφωση του X, της κάρτας γραφικών και της οθόνης" #. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. 2018/02/15 apb: Some text and typography. #. 2018/02/21 apb: a) Changed main options list style. b) Slight reword of 'wrong refresh rates' warning. #. 2018/02/23 apb: Typo. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:24 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser." "png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:30 msgid "" "No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " "you chose for this install of Mageia, they are all based on a graphical user " "interface system called <literal>X Window System</literal>, or simply " "<quote>X</quote>. So in order for KDE Plasma, GNOME, LXDE or any other " "graphical environment to work well, the following <quote>X</quote> settings " "need to be correct. Choose the appropriate settings - if none are shown, or " "if you think the details are incorrect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:41 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic Card</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:44 msgid "" "If you need to, you can select a specific card from this expandable list. " "See <xref linkend=\"configureX_card_list\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:49 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:52 msgid "" "You can choose Plug'n Play, if applicable, or choose your monitor from the " "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis> or <emphasis>Generic</emphasis> list. Choose " "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis> if you prefer to manually set the horizontal and " "vertical refresh rates of your monitor. See <xref linkend=" "\"configureX_monitor\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:60 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:63 msgid "The resolution and color depth of your monitor can be set here" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:68 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:71 msgid "" "The test button does not always appear during install. If the option is " "there, and you test your settings, you should be asked whether your settings " "are correct. If you answer <emphasis>Yes</emphasis>, the settings will be " "kept. If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen " "and be able to reconfigure everything until the test result is satisfactory. " "If the test option is not available, then make sure your settings are on the " "safe side." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:81 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:84 msgid "Here you can choose to enable or disable various options" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:89 msgid "" "There is a risk of damaging a monitor if you choose refresh rates that are " "outside the frequency range of that monitor. This applies to older CRT " "displays: modern monitors will reject an unsupported frequency and normally " "enter standby mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:22 msgid "Choosing your Monitor" msgstr "Επιλογή της οθόνης" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:25 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." msgstr "" "Το DrakX διαθέτει μια αρκετά περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων συσκευών οθονών και " "συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά και τη δική σας." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:30 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Selecting a monitor with different characteristics " "could damage your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something " "without knowing what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should " "consult your monitor documentation." msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Η επιλογή μιας οθόνης με διαφορετικά χαρακτηριστικά " "μπορεί να καταστρέψει την οθόνη σας ή τη συσκευή γραφικών. Παρακαλώ μην " "προσπαθείτε να κάνετε απλά δοκιμές αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι ακριβώς κάνετε.</" "emphasis> Αν έχετε αμφιβολίες θα πρέπει να συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της " "οθόνης σας" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:38 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." "png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." "png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:46 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Προσαρμοσμένο" #. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters: the vertical refresh " "rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " "screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " "displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 msgid "" "It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." msgstr "" "Είναι <emphasis>ΠΟΛΥ ΣΗΜΑΝΤΙΚΟ</emphasis> να μην ορίσετε μια οθόνη με εύρος " "συγχρονισμού εκτός των δυνατοτήτων της οθόνης σας: μπορεί να καταστρέψετε " "την οθόνη σας. Αν έχετε αμφιβολία, επιλέξτε μια συντηρητική ρύθμιση και " "συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της οθόνης σας." #. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:64 msgid "Plug'n Play" msgstr "Άμεσης τοποθέτησης και λειτουργίας" #. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:67 msgid "" "This is the default option and automatically tries to determine the monitor " "type from the monitor database." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" msgstr "" "αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την οθόνη σας και γνωρίζεται " "τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου επιλέγοντας ανά:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:86 msgid "Manufacturer" msgstr "Κατασκευαστής" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:90 msgid "Monitor model" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:96 msgid "Generic" msgstr "Γενικού τύπου" #. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:99 msgid "" "Selecting this group will list nearly 30 display configurations such as " "1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes flat-panel displays as used in laptops. This is " "often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the VESA card driver " "when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " "may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:22 msgid "Custom Disk Partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " "<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "Modify the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " "change the filesystem or size of a partition and even view their details " "before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" "There is a tab at the top for every detected hard disk (or other storage " "device, like a USB key). In the screenshot above there are two available " "devices: <filename>sda </filename>and <filename>sdb</filename>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:52 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. " "<emphasis>Expert mode</emphasis> provides more options such as to label " "(name) a partition, or to choose a partition type." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "" "Continue until you have adjusted everything to your satisfaction, then click " "<emphasis>Done</emphasis> when you're ready." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "Take care with the <emphasis>Clear all</emphasis> option, use it only if you " "are sure you want to wipe all partitions on the selected storage device." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:75 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <filename>/</filename> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. " "The encryption option for the <filename>/boot</filename> partition must NOT " "be set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><important><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:87 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on a UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI System " "Partition) is present and correctly mounted on <filename>/boot/EFI</" "filename>. See Figure 1 below." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><important><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:93 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot " "partition is present and of the correct type. See Figure 2 below." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:101 msgid "EFI System Partition" msgstr "Κατάτμηση συστήματος EFI" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:104 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " "<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/diskdrake.xml:103 en/diskdrake.xml:117 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:115 msgid "BIOS boot partition" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:118 en/doPartitionDisks.xml:200 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live" "\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live" "\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/diskPartitioning.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "el" #. type: Content of: <section><title> #: en/diskPartitioning.xml:4 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Διαμερισμός" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) along with the " "DrakX partitioning proposals for where to install Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32 msgid "" "The actual options available from those shown below will vary according to " "the layout and content of your particular hard drive(s)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:37 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live" "\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "Main Options" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:50 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Use Existing Partitions</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:53 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." msgstr "" "Αν αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη, σημαίνει ότι έχουν βρεθεί κατατμήσεις " "συμβατές με το Linux και μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για την εγκατάσταση." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:59 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Use Free Space</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." msgstr "" "Αν έχετε μη χρησιμοποιούμενο χώρο στο σκληρό σας δίσκο τότε αυτή η επιλογή " "θα τον χρησιμοποιήσει για τη νέα σας εγκατάσταση της Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:68 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Use Free Space on a Windows Partition</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it. This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia " "installation, but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have " "backed up all important files!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:77 msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the proposed Mageia partition in dark blue with their " "intended sizes just underneath. You have the option to modify these sizes by " "clicking and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the following " "screenshot:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:85 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase and use Entire Disk</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:88 msgid "This option will allocate the entire drive for Mageia" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:92 msgid "" "This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care! If you " "intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already have data " "on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use this option." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><important><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " "correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, " "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." msgstr "" "Σημειώστε ότι αυτό θα προκαλέσει την συρρίκνωση του μεγέθους της κατάτμησης " "των Windows, κάτι το οποίο μπορεί να διατρέχει κάποιον κίνδυνο. Η κατάτμηση " "θα πρέπει να είναι «καθαρή» δηλαδή τα Windows πρέπει να έχουν κλείσει σωστά " "την τελευταία φορά που χρησιμοποιήθηκαν. Επίσης θα πρέπει να έχετε κάνει " "αποκερμάτωση, ωστόσο δεν αποτελεί εγγύηση ότι όλα τα αρχεία στην κατάτμηση " "έχουν μετακινηθεί εκτός της περιοχής που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Σε κάθε " "περίπτωση θα πρέπει να έχετε πάρει αντίγραφα ασφαλείας των σημαντικών σας " "αρχείων. Θα πρέπει να το ελέγξετε προσεκτικά πριν συνεχίσετε." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:110 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Custom Disk Partitioning</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:113 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." msgstr "" "Αυτό σας δίνει πλήρη έλεγχο στον διαμερισμό της εγκατάστασης στους σκληρούς " "σας δίσκους." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live" "\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "" "If you are not using the <emphasis>Custom disk partitioning</emphasis> " "option, then the installer will allocate the available space according to " "the following rules:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 msgid "" "If the total available space is less than 50 GB, then only one partition is " "created. This will be the <filename>/</filename> (root) partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:141 msgid "" "If the total available space is greater than 50 GB, then three partitions " "are created" msgstr "" "Αν ο συνολικά διαθέσιμος χώρος είναι μεγαλύτερος από 50 GB, τότε " "δημιουργούνται τρεις κατατμήσεις" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:146 msgid "" "6/19 of the total available place is allocated to <filename>/</filename> " "with a maximum of 50 GB" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:151 msgid "1/19 is allocated to <filename>swap</filename> with a maximum of 4 GB" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:156 msgid "" "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to <emphasis>/</" "emphasis><filename>home</filename><emphasis role=\"bold\">.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:164 msgid "" "This means that from 160 GB or greater available space, the installer will " "create three partitions:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:169 msgid "50 GB for <filename>/</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:173 msgid "4 GB for <filename>swap</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:177 msgid "and the remainder for <filename>/home</filename>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:182 msgid "" "If you are using a UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " "automatically detected - or created if it does not exist yet - and mounted " "on <filename>/boot/EFI</filename>. The <emphasis>Custom disk partitioning</" "emphasis> option is the only one that allows to check it has been correctly " "done." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:188 msgid "" "If you are using a Legacy (also known as BIOS) system with a GPT partitioned " "disk, you need to create a BIOS boot partition if it doesn't already exist. " "It should be about 1 MiB with no mount point. It can be created with the " "Installer, under <emphasis>Custom disk partitioning</emphasis>, like any " "other partition. Be sure to select <quote>BIOS boot partition</quote> for " "filesystem type." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:195 msgid "See <xref linkend=\"diskdrake\"/> for information on how to proceed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:210 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><important><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:216 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512. Due to lack of available hardware, the " "partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested with such a " "drive." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><important><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:221 msgid "" "Some SSD devices now use an erase block size over 1 MB. If you have such a " "device we suggest that you partition the drive in advance, using an " "alternative partitioning tool like gparted, and to use the following " "settings:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><important><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:228 msgid "<emphasis>Align to</emphasis> = MiB" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><important><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:232 msgid "<emphasis>Free space preceding (MiB)</emphasis> = 2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><important><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:236 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created using an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" "Σιγουρευτείτε επίσης ότι όλες οι κατατμήσεις έχουν δημιουργηθεί με ένα ζυγό " "αριθμό mb." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:54 en/DrakLive.xml:16 msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση από ζωντανό μέσο" #. type: Content of: <book><info> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:14 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:23 msgid "March 2016" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:25 msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 5" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakX-cover.xml:27 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "Η επίσημη τεκμηρίωση της Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:33 en/DrakX-cover.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:38 en/DrakLive.xml:25 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 #: en/DrakX.xml:44 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" "\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" "Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την " "άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/" "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</" "link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:42 en/DrakLive.xml:29 en/DrakX-cover.xml:39 #: en/DrakX.xml:48 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" "Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο δημιουργήθηκε με τη βοήθεια του προγράμματος <link ns6:" "href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> που αναπτύσσεται από την " "<link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:52 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" "link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" "Δημιουργήθηκε από εθελοντές δουλεύοντας στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Αν " "επιθυμείτε να βοηθήσετε στην βελτίωση του εγχειριδίου, παρακαλώ " "επικοινωνήστε με την <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "Documentation_team\">Ομάδα της τεκμηρίωσης</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><note> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:56 en/DrakLive.xml:19 en/DrakX-cover.xml:64 #: en/DrakX.xml:38 en/selectKeyboard.xml:49 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:57 en/DrakLive.xml:20 en/DrakX-cover.xml:65 #: en/DrakX.xml:39 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." msgstr "" "Κανένας δεν βλέπει όλες τις οθόνες του εγκαταστάτη που υπάρχουν σε αυτό το " "εγχειρίδιο. Για το ποιες οθόνες θα βλέπετε, εξαρτάται από το υλικό σας και " "τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:60 en/DrakLive.xml:23 en/DrakX-cover.xml:68 #: en/DrakX.xml:42 en/selectKeyboard.xml:56 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakLive.xml:33 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact the <link " "ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " "Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" "Γράφτηκε από εθελοντές στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με " "την <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">ομάδα " "τεκμηρίωσης</link>, αν θέλετε να βελτιώσετε το εγχειρίδιο." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:61 en/DrakX.xml:35 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση με το DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:20 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Φεβρουάριος 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:3 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Συγχαρητήρια" #. Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC #. 2018/02/12 apb: Text and typography. #. 2018/02/25 apb: Added clickable link to mageia.org #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " "align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " "align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:18 msgid "" "You have finished installing and configuring Mageia and it is now safe to " "remove the installation medium and reboot your computer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:22 msgid "" "After rebooting, you can use the bootloader screen to choose which operating " "system to start (if there are more than one on your computer)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:26 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." msgstr "" "Αν δεν έχετε αλλάξει τις ρυθμίσεις του προγράμματος εκκίνησης, η εγκατάστασή " "σας της Mageia θα επιλεχθεί αυτόματα και θα εκκινηθεί." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:30 msgid "Enjoy!" msgstr "Απολαύστε!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:32 msgid "" "Visit <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/\">www.mageia.org/en/</link> " "if you have any questions or want to contribute to Mageia" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/firewall.xml:7 msgid "Firewall" msgstr "Τείχος προστασίας" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/firewall.xml:10 msgid "" "This section allows you to configure some simple firewall rules: they " "determine which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the " "target system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the " "system to be accessible from the Internet." msgstr "" "Αυτή η ενότητα σας επιτρέπει την διαμόρφωση μερικών απλών κανόνων του " "τείχους προστασίας: καθορίζουν τον τύπο των επιτρεπόμενων μηνυμάτων από το " "διαδίκτυο στο σύστημα προορισμού. Αυτό επιτρέπει τανάπαλιν την πρόσβαση των " "αντίστοιχων υπηρεσιών από το διαδίκτυο." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/firewall.xml:16 msgid "" "In the default setting (no button is checked), no service of the system is " "accessible from the network. The <emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</" "emphasis> option enables access to all services of the machine - an option " "that does not make much sense in the context of the installer since it would " "create a totally unprotected system. Its veritable use is in the context of " "the Mageia Control Center (which uses the same GUI layout) for temporarily " "disabling the entire set of firewall rules for testing and debugging " "purposes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/firewall.xml:25 msgid "" "All other options are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you will " "enable the CUPS server if you want printers on your machine to be accessible " "from the network." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/firewall.xml:29 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Προχωρημένες</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/firewall.xml:31 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> option opens a window where you can enable " "a series of services by typing a list of <quote>couples</quote> (blank " "separated)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/firewall.xml:35 msgid "<emphasis><port-number>/<protocol></emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis><αριθμός-θύρας>/<πρωτόκολλο></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member> #: en/firewall.xml:38 msgid "" "- <emphasis><port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to " "the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined " "in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;" msgstr "" "- <emphasis><αριθμός-θύρας></emphasis>: πρόκειται για τον αριθμός της " "θύρας που έχει ανατεθεί στην υπηρεσία που θέλετε να ενεργοποιήσετε (π.χ. 873 " "για την υπηρεσία RSYNC) όπως καθορίζεται στο <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>·" #. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member> #: en/firewall.xml:42 msgid "" "- <emphasis><protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or " "<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service." msgstr "" "- <emphasis><πρωτόκολλο></emphasis> πρόκειται για το <emphasis>TCP</" "emphasis> ή το <emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - το διαδικτυακό πρωτόκολλο της " "εκάστοτε υπηρεσίας." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/firewall.xml:47 msgid "" "For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore " "is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>." msgstr "" "Για παράδειγμα, η καταχώρηση για την ενεργοποίηση της πρόσβασης στην " "υπηρεσία RSYNC είναι η <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/firewall.xml:50 msgid "" "In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 " "couples for the same port." msgstr "" "Σε περίπτωση που η υπηρεσία έχει ενσωματωθεί χρησιμοποιώντας και τα δυο " "πρωτόκολλα, θα πρέπει να καθορίσετε 2 ζεύγη για την ίδια θύρα." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:10 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Μορφοποίηση" #. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 #. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. 2018/02/10 apb: Text and typography. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:24 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" "\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " "<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions.png\" format=" "\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:35 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be preserved." msgstr "" "Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ποιες κατατμήσεις επιθυμείτε να μορφοποιήσετε. Τα " "δεδομένα στις κατατμήσεις που <emphasis>δεν</emphasis> έχουν σημειωθεί για " "μορφοποίηση θα διατηρηθούν." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:39 msgid "" "Usually, at least the partitions that DrakX selected need to be formatted." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "Click on <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> to choose the partitions you want to " "check for so-called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:47 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<emphasis>Previous</emphasis>, again on <emphasis>Previous</emphasis> and " "then on <emphasis>Custom</emphasis> to get back to the main screen, where " "you can choose to view details of your partitions." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:54 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selections, click on <emphasis>Next</" "emphasis> to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:32 msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" msgstr "DrakX, ο οδηγός εγκατάστασης της Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:35 msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." msgstr "" "Είτε είστε νέος στο GNU-Linux είτε είστε ένας έμπειρος χρήστης, ο οδηγός " "εγκατάστασης της Mageia έχει σχεδιαστεί για να σας βοηθήσει να " "πραγματοποιήσετε την εγκατάστασή σας ή την αναβάθμισή σας όσο το δυνατόν " "ευκολότερα." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Τα βήματα εγκατάστασης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:44 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps - the status of which " "is indicated in a panel to the left of the screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:50 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens, which may also have <emphasis>Advanced</" "emphasis> sections with extra, less commonly required options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:56 msgid "" "Most screens have <emphasis>Help</emphasis> buttons for further details " "about the particular step." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><caution><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "" "If at some point during the install you decide to abort the installation, it " "is possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><caution><para> #: en/installer.xml:68 msgid "" "If, in spite of this, you are very sure rebooting is what you want, go to a " "text terminal by pressing the keys <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> " "<keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo> together. After that, " "press <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Delete</" "keycap> </keycombo> together to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/installer.xml:86 msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" msgstr "Η πρώτη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος στην εγκατάσταση" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:88 msgid "" "The particular screen that you will first see when booting from the " "Installation media will depend on whether your computer motherboard is of " "the Legacy (BIOS) or UEFI type." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "" "The welcome menu screen has various options, however the default option will " "start the installer, and is normally all that you will need." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/installer.xml:97 msgid "Legacy (BIOS) Systems" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:100 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:111 msgid "" "Install Mageia to a hard disk. This is the default option, and will " "automatically start after a short while unless another option is selected." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:117 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Rescue System</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:119 msgid "" "This option allows you to either re-install the bootloader for an existing " "Mageia installation or you can use it to restore a Windows bootloader." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:132 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">F2: Language</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:134 msgid "Press F2 for alternative languages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/installer.xml:140 msgid "UEFI Systems" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:142 msgid "" "From this screen, you can access options by pressing <keycap>e</keycap> to " "enter the edit mode. To come back to this screen, press <keycap>Esc</keycap> " "to quit without saving or press <keycap>F10</keycap> to save and quit." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:148 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Install:</emphasis> Start the Install process" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:162 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Rescue:</emphasis> This option allows you to either " "re-install the bootloader for an existing Mageia installation or you can use " "it to restore a Windows bootloader." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">F2: Language:</emphasis> Press <keycap>F2</keycap> " "for alternative languages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:174 msgid "" "If you booted from a USB stick, you will see the above options duplicated, " "and in this case, you should use the set that will be suffixed with \"USB\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/installer.xml:181 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Προβλήματα στην εγκατάσταση και πιθανές λύσεις" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/installer.xml:184 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Δεν λειτουργεί το γραφικό περιβάλλον" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:188 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not progress to the <emphasis>Language " "Selection</emphasis> screen. This can happen with some graphic cards and " "older systems. Try using low resolution by typing <command>vgalo</command> " "at the prompt." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:195 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text-mode installation. To use this press " "<keycap>Esc</keycap> at the <emphasis>Welcome</emphasis> screen and confirm " "with <keycap>ENTER</keycap>. You will be presented with a black screen with " "a <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Type <command>text</command> and press " "<keycap>ENTER</keycap> to continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/installer.xml:208 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Πάγωμα της εγκατάστασης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic hardware " "detection may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<command>noauto</command> at the prompt. This option may also be combined " "with other parameters as necessary." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/installer.xml:218 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Πρόβλημα RAM" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "" "This will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " "<literal>mem=<replaceable>xxx</replaceable>M</literal> parameter, where " "<replaceable>xxx</replaceable> is the correct amount of RAM. e.g. " "<literal>mem=256M</literal> would specify 256MB of RAM." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Δυναμικές κατατμήσεις" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:230 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from <literal>Basic</literal> format to " "<literal>Dynamic</literal> format in Microsoft Windows, then it is not " "possible to install Mageia on this disc. To revert to a <literal>Basic</" "literal> disk, see the Microsoft documentation: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn." "microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/" "library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:16 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Ενημερώσεις" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"png\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " "align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:25 msgid "" "Since this version of Mageia was released, some packages will have been " "updated or improved." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:30 msgid "" "Select <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> if you wish to download and install them" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:35 msgid "" "Select <emphasis>No</emphasis> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:40 msgid "Press <emphasis>Next</emphasis> to continue" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><title> #: en/locale.xml:9 msgid "Locale" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/login.xml:4 msgid "Login Screen" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/login.xml:7 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-" "login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> #: en/login.xml:11 msgid "SDDM login screen" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/login.xml:14 msgid "Finally, you will come to the desktop login screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/login.xml:15 msgid "" "Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " "yourself with a loaded KDE Plasma or GNOME desktop, depending on which live " "medium you used. You can now start using and enjoying your Mageia " "installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/login.xml:16 msgid "" "You can find further documentation in <link xmlns:ns0=\"http://www.w3." "org/1999/xlink\" ns0:href=\"../../installer/\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:10 msgid "Nonfree Media" msgstr "" #. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created #. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) #. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. 2019.01.05 apb: Changed Ati to AMD in Nonfree para. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:24 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" "\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" "\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " "available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " "selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." msgstr "" "Εδώ έχετε τη λίστα με τα διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Ανάλογα με το μέσο που " "χρησιμοποιήσατε για την εγκατάσταση έχετε και διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Η " "επιλογή των αποθετηρίων καθορίζει ποια θα είναι τα διαθέσιμα πακέτα κατά τα " "επόμενα βήματα της εγκατάστασης." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:37 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." msgstr "" "Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Core</emphasis> δεν μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί διότι " "περιέχει τη βάση της διανομής." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:42 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" "of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " "software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and AMD graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:50 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " "a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " "that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " "multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " "to play commercial video DVD's, etc." msgstr "" "Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα τα οποία " "διαθέτουν μια ελεύθερη άδεια. Ο κύριος λόγος που αυτά τα πακέτα βρίσκονται " "σε αυτό το αποθετήριο είναι ότι μπορεί να παραβιάζουν πατέντες και " "πνευματικά δικαιώματα σε ορισμένες χώρες, π.χ. οι αποκωδικοποιητές πολυμέσων " "που απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή διαφόρων αρχείων ήχου/βίντεο, πακέτα που " "απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή εμπορικών βίντεο DVD, κλπ." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 msgid "Minimal Install" msgstr "Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:17 msgid "" "Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " "Mageia, such as a server or a specialised workstation. You will probably use " "this option combined with the <emphasis>Individual package selection</" "emphasis> option to fine-tune your installation. See <xref linkend=" "\"choosePackagesTree\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:24 msgid "" "You can choose a <emphasis>Minimal Installation</emphasis> by de-selecting " "everything in the <emphasis>Package Group Selection</emphasis> screen, see " "<xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:28 msgid "" "If desired, you can additionally tick the <emphasis>Individual package " "selection</emphasis> option in the same screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:33 msgid "" "If you choose this installation method, then the relevant screen (see " "screenshot below) will offer you a few useful extras to install, such as " "documentation and <quote>X</quote>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:37 msgid "" "If the <emphasis>With X</emphasis> option is selected, then IceWM (a " "lightweight desktop environment) will also be included." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:42 msgid "" "The basic documentation is provided in the form of <quote>man</quote> and " "<quote>info</quote> pages. It contains the man pages from the <link xlink:" "href=\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</" "link> and the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/" "manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> info pages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:48 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\" align=" "\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\" align=" "\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Configuration Summary" msgstr "" #. Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC #. 2018/02/09 apb: Changed title to Configuration Summary (as agreed). Also, text and typography. #. 2018/02/22 apb: Changed list styles. #. 2018/02/23 apb: Updated dx2-summaryBottom.png #. 2018/02/24 apb: Changed list style #. 2018/02/24 apb: Centre-align dx2-summaryTop.png #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:24 msgid "" "DrakX presents a proposal for the configuration of your system depending on " "the choices you made and on the hardware detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want by pressing <emphasis>Configure</" "emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:30 msgid "" "As a general rule, it is recommended that you accept the default settings " "unless:" msgstr "" "Ως γενικός κανόνας, συνιστάται η αποδοχή των ρυθμίσεων εξ ορισμού εκτός και " "αν:" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "there are known issues with a default setting" msgstr "υπάρχουν γνωστοποιημένα προβλήματα με τις εξ ορισμού ρυθμίσεις" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:37 msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails" msgstr "η εξορισμού ρύθμιση έχει ήδη δοκιμαστεί και δεν λειτουργεί σωστά" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:41 msgid "some other factor mentioned in the detailed sections below is an issue" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:49 msgid "System parameters" msgstr "Παράμετροι του συστήματος" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:54 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Timezone</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:56 msgid "" "DrakX selects a timezone for you, depending on your preferred language. You " "can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Country / Region</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:64 msgid "" "If the selected country is wrong, it is very important that you correct the " "setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" msgstr "" "Αν η επιλεγμένη χώρα είναι λανθασμένη, είναι πολύ σημαντικό να διορθώσετε τη " "ρύθμιση. Δείτε <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:70 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Bootloader</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "DrakX proposal for the bootloader setting" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure GRUB2. For more " "information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">User management</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:85 msgid "" "You can add extra users here. They will each be allocated their own " "<filename>/home</filename> directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:91 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Services</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:93 msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run in the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain processes." msgstr "" "Οι υπηρεσίες συστήματος είναι αυτά τα μικρά προγράμματα που εκτελούνται στο " "παρασκήνιο (δαίμονες). Αυτό το εργαλείο σας επιτρέπει την ενεργοποίηση ή την " "απενεργοποίηση ορισμένων διεργασιών." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:97 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly. For more information, see " "<xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 msgid "Hardware parameters" msgstr "Παράμετροι υλικού" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:111 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Keyboard</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:113 msgid "" "Configure your keyboard layout according to your location, language and type " "of keyboard." msgstr "" "Διαμορφώστε την διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου ή οποία εξαρτάται από την " "τοποθεσία σας, τη γλώσσα ή τον τύπο του πληκτρολογίου." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:118 msgid "" "If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind " "that your passwords are going to change too." msgstr "" "Αν διαπιστώσετε μια λανθασμένη διάταξη πληκτρολογίου και επιθυμείτε να την " "αλλάξετε, λάβετε υπόψη ότι ο κωδικός πρόσβασης θα αλλάξει επίσης." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:124 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mouse</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." msgstr "" "Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε ή να διαμορφώσετε άλλες συσκευές κατάδειξης, " "ταμπλέτες, σφαιροδείκτες κλπ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:131 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sound card</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:133 msgid "The installer will use the default driver if one is available." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 en/soundConfig.xml:46 msgid "" "If there is no actual default driver for your sound card, there may be other " "possible alternative drivers available to choose from. If this is the case, " "but you think the installer has not made the most appropriate choice, you " "can click on <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> to manually specify a driver." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:144 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphical interface</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:146 msgid "" "This section allows you to configure your graphics card(s) and displays. For " "more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:155 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align=" "\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align=" "\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:163 msgid "Network and Internet parameters" msgstr "Παράμετροι δικτύου και διαδικτύου" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:169 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Network</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free " "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, using the Mageia Control " "Center, if you have not yet enabled the <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> media " "repositories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to monitor " "that interface as well." msgstr "" "Όταν προσθέτετε μια κάρτα δικτύου, μην ξεχάσετε να διαμορφώσετε το τοίχος " "προστασίας για την εποπτεία των επαφών αυτών." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Proxies</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:187 msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "Internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:192 msgid "" "You may need to consult your systems administrator to obtain the parameters " "you need to enter here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:201 msgid "Security" msgstr "Ασφάλεια" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Security Level</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:208 msgid "" "The Security level for your computer, in most cases the default setting " "(Standard) is adequate for general use. Select the option which best suits " "your usage." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:215 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Firewall</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "The firewall allows you to manage which network connections are allowed on " "your computer. The safe and secure default is to allow ZERO inbound " "connections. This does not stop you connecting outbound and using your " "computer normally." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:223 msgid "" "Please be aware that the Internet is a high risk network where there are " "continuous attempts to probe and attack systems. Even seemingly <quote>safe</" "quote> connections such as ICMP (for ping) have been used as covert data " "channels for exfiltrating data by malicious persons." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:229 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:232 msgid "" "Bear in mind that allowing <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (no firewall) may " "be very risky." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/reboot.xml:3 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "Επανεκκίνηση" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/reboot.xml:7 msgid "" "Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " "computer, remove the live DVD/USB stick and restart the computer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><important><simpara> #: en/reboot.xml:9 msgid "" "Ensure that you follow these shut-down and restart instruction steps in the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">same</emphasis> order." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/reboot.xml:12 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><simpara> #: en/reboot.xml:16 msgid "When you are ready, press <emphasis>Finish</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><simpara> #: en/reboot.xml:17 msgid "" "When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These " "indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see " "<emphasis>Software Management</emphasis>)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/reboot.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-" "reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-" "reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" msgstr "" "Αλλαγή μεγέθους κατάτμησης των <application>Windows<superscript>®</" "superscript></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" "You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" "application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " "space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." msgstr "" "Έχετε περισσότερες από μια κατατμήσεις των " "<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Επιλέξτε " "αυτήν που θα πρέπει να μειωθεί το μέγεθος ώστε να δημιουργηθεί ο κατάλληλος " "χώρος για την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:10 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Επίπεδο ασφάλειας" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. 2018/02/12 apb: Minor wording. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:26 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Please choose the desired security level</emphasis>" msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Παρακαλώ επιλέξτε το επιθυμητό επίπεδο ασφαλείας</" "emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:29 msgid "" "<emphasis>Standard</emphasis> is the default, and recommended setting for " "the average user." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:32 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secure</emphasis> will create a highly protected system - for " "instance if the system is to be used as a public server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:36 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Security Administrator</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Διαχειριστής ασφαλείας</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:38 msgid "" "This item allows you to configure an email address to which the system will " "send <emphasis>security alert messages</emphasis> when it detects situations " "which require notification to a system administrator." msgstr "" "Αυτό το αντικείμενο σας επιτρέπει να διαμορφώσετε μια ηλεκτρονική διεύθυνση " "στην οποία το σύστημα θα στέλνει <emphasis>μηνύματα ειδοποιήσεων ασφαλείας</" "emphasis> όταν ανιχνεύονται καταστάσεις οι οποίες απαιτούν να ειδοποιηθεί ο " "διαχειριστής του συστήματος." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:43 msgid "" "A good, and easy-to-implement, choice is to enter <user>@localhost - " "where <user> is the login name of the user to receive these messages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:48 msgid "" "The system sends such messages as <emphasis role=\"bold\">Unix Mailspool " "messages</emphasis>, not as \"ordinary\" SMTP mail: this user must therefore " "be configured for receiving such mail!" msgstr "" "Το σύστημα στέλνει τα μηνύματα ως <emphasis role=\"bold\">Unix Mailspool</" "emphasis> μηνύματα και όχι ως «τυπική» SMTP αλληλογραφία: ωστόσο ο χρήστης " "πρέπει να έχει οριστεί για να λάβετε την αλληλογραφία!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:53 msgid "" "It will always be possible to adjust your security settings post-install in " "the <emphasis>Security</emphasis> section of the Mageia Control Center." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "Επιλογή και χρήση των ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Εισαγωγή" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:19 msgid "" "Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " "which image best suits your needs." msgstr "" "Η Mageia διανέμεται μέσω εικόνων ISO. Αυτή η σελίδα θα σας βοηθήσει να " "επιλέξετε ποια εικόνα ταιριάζει καλύτερα στις ανάγκες σας." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 msgid "There are three types of installation media:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Classical installer:</emphasis> Booting with this " "media provides you with the maximum flexibility when choosing what to " "install, and for configuring your system. In particular, you have a choice " "of which Desktop environment to install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">LIVE media:</emphasis> This option allows you to try " "out Mageia without having to actually install it, or make any changes to " "your computer. However, the Live media also includes an Installer, which can " "be started when booting the media, or after booting into the Live operating " "system itself." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "" "The Live Installer is simpler compared to the Classical Installer - but you " "have fewer configuration options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><important><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "" "Live ISOs can only be used to create <quote>clean</quote> installations, " "they cannot be used to upgrade previously installed Mageia releases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Net Install</emphasis>: These are minimal ISO's " "containing no more than that which is needed to start the DrakX installer " "and find <literal>DrakX-installer-stage2</literal> and other packages that " "are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be on " "the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient if " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, or if you have a PC without a " "DVD drive or is unable to boot from a USB stick." msgstr "" "Αυτά τα μέσα είναι πολύ ελαφριά (μικρότερα από 100 MB) και εξυπηρετούν όταν " "το εύρος ζώνης είναι πολύ μικρό για τη λήψη ενός πλήρους DVD, ή όταν ο " "υπολογιστής δεν διαθέτει οδηγό DVD ή όταν ο υπολογιστής δεν υποστηρίζει την " "εκκίνηση από ένα κλειδί USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:58 msgid "More details are given in the next sections." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:61 msgid "Media" msgstr "Μέσα" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:63 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Ορισμός" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and, by extension, any physical medium (DVD, " "USB stick, ...) the ISO file is copied to." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:67 msgid "" "You can find Mageia ISO's <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/" "downloads/\">here</link>." msgstr "" "Μπορείτε να βρείτε τα ISO της Mageia <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/" "en/downloads/\">εδώ</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Μέσο κλασσικής εγκατάστασης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:72 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:104 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Κοινά χαρακτηριστικά" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "These ISOs use the Classical installer called DrakX" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:78 msgid "" "They are used for performing clean installs or to upgrade a previously " "installed version of Mageia" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 msgid "Different media for 32 and 64-bit architectures" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:85 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Installer <quote>Welcome</quote> screen: " "<emphasis>Rescue System, Memory Test, </emphasis>and <emphasis>Hardware " "Detection Tool</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:95 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non-free software" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Ζωντανό μέσο" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the Mageia operating system without having to install " "it" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "The Live media also includes an Installer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:121 msgid "They contain non-free software" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "Live DVD Plasma" msgstr "Ζωντανό DVD Plasma" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:129 msgid "Plasma desktop environment only" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "All available languages are present" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 msgid "64-bit architecture only" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:143 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "Live DVD Xfce" msgstr "Ζωντανό DVD XFCE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:157 msgid "Xfce desktop environment only" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "32 or 64-bit architectures" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:169 msgid "Net install media" msgstr "Μέσο εγκατάστασης δικτύου" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 msgid "First steps are English language only" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "netinstall.iso" msgstr "netinstall.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those who prefer to not use non-free " "software" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191 msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso" msgstr "netinstall-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:194 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for those who need it" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:202 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Λήψη και έλεγχος των μέσων" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Λήψη" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:205 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, you are provided with some information, such as " "the mirror in use and an option to switch to an alternative if the bandwidth " "is too low." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:209 msgid "" "If http is chosen you will also see some information regarding checksums." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 msgid "" "<literal>md5sum</literal>, <literal>sha1sum</literal> and " "<literal>sha512sum</literal> (the most secure) are tools to check the ISO " "integrity. Copy one of the checksums (string of alphanumeric characters) for " "use in the next section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "In the meantime, a window to download the actual ISO will open:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229 msgid "" "Click on <emphasis>Save File</emphasis>, then click <emphasis>OK</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:233 msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media" msgstr "Έλεγχος της ακεραιότητας του ληφθέντος αρχείου" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235 msgid "" "The checksums referred to earlier, are digital fingerprints generated by an " "algorithm from the file to be downloaded. You may compare the checksum of " "your downloaded ISO against that of the original source ISO. If the " "checksums do not match, it means that the actual data on the ISO's do not " "match, and if that is the case, then you should retry the download or " "attempt a repair using BitTorrent." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "To generate the checksum for your downloaded ISO, open a console, (no need " "to be root), and:" msgstr "" "Για την δημιουργία του αθροίσματος ελέγχου για το ειλημμένο ISO, ανοίξτε το " "τερματικό (δεν χρειάζεται σύνδεση ως root), και:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "To use the md5sum, type: <command>md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</command>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249 msgid "" "To use the sha1sum, type: <command>sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</" "command>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "" "To use the sha512sum, type: <command>sha512sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</" "command>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "Example:" msgstr "Παράδειγμα:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Md5sum.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:265 msgid "" "then compare the result (you may have to wait for a while) with the ISO " "checksum provided by Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:270 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Εγγραφή ή αποτύπωση του ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "The verified ISO can now be burned to a CD/DVD or <quote>dumped</quote> to a " "USB stick. This is not a standard copy operation, as a bootable medium will " "actually be created." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Εγγραφή του ISO σε ένα CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 msgid "" "Whichever software you use, ensure that the option to burn an<emphasis> " "image</emphasis> is used. Burn <emphasis>data</emphasis> or <emphasis>files</" "emphasis> is NOT correct. See the <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link> for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Αποτύπωση του ISO σε ένα κλειδί USB" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can dump them to a USB stick " "and then use that to boot and install the system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:286 msgid "" "Dumping an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on " "the device and all existing data will be lost." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:290 msgid "" "Also, the only partition on the flash device will then just be the Mageia " "ISO partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 msgid "" "So, if an ISO of about 4GB is written to an 8GB USB stick, the stick will " "then only show up as 4GB. This is because the remaining 4GB is no longer " "formatted - hence not currently available for use. To recover the original " "capacity, you must reformat and repartition the USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" msgstr "Χρήση ενός εργαλείου γραφικού περιβάλλοντος στην Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:300 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" "Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα εργαλείο γραφικού περιβάλλοντος όπως το " "<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" msgstr "Χρήση ενός εργαλείου γραφικού περιβάλλοντος στα Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "Μπορείτε να δοκιμάσετε:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:307 msgid "" "<link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using the " "\"ISO image\" option" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 msgid "" "<link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" msgstr "" "Το <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:317 msgid "Using the Command line within a GNU/Linux system" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319 msgid "" "It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk overwriting " "potentially valuable existing data if you specify the wrong target device." msgstr "" "Είναι εν δυνάμει *επικίνδυνο* να το πραγματοποιήσετε χειροκίνητα. " "Διακινδυνεύετε να αντικαταστήσετε σημαντικά δεδομένα αν καθορίσετε " "λανθασμένα το αναγνωριστικό της συσκευής." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Ανοίξτε ένα τερματικό" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "Become a <emphasis>root</emphasis> (Administrator) user with the command " "<command>su -</command> (don't forget the <command>-</command> )" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:338 msgid "" "Plug in your USB stick - but do not mount it (this also means do not open " "any application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 msgid "Enter the command <command>fdisk -l</command>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Fdisk.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example " "<filename>/dev/sdb</filename> in the screenshot above, is an 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Alternatively, you can find the device name with the command <command>dmesg</" "command>. Towards the end of the following example, you can see the device " "name starting with <filename>sd</filename>, and in this case, <filename>sdd</" "filename> is the actual device. You can also see that its size is 2GB:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para><screen> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" "[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" "[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" "[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" "[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" "[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" "[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" "[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" "[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" "[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" "[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" "[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" "[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" "[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" "[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" "[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" "[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" "[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" msgstr "" "[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" "[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" "[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" "[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" "[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" "[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" "[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" "[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" "[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" "[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" "[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" "[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" "[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" "[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" "[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" "[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" "[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" "[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 msgid "<placeholder type=\"screen\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"screen\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:380 msgid "" "Enter the command: <command>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/" "sd<replaceable>X</replaceable> bs=1M</command>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 msgid "" "Where <replaceable>X</replaceable>=your device name eg: <filename>/dev/sdd</" "filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 msgid "" "Example:<literal> dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/" "sdd bs=1M</literal>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><tip><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:388 msgid "" "It might be helpful to know that <emphasis role=\"bold\">if</emphasis> " "stands for <emphasis role=\"bold\">i</emphasis>nput <emphasis role=\"bold" "\">f</emphasis>ile and <emphasis role=\"bold\">of</emphasis> stands for " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">o</emphasis>utput <emphasis role=\"bold\">f</" "emphasis>ile" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: <command>sync</command>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:395 msgid "This is the end of the process, and you may now unplug your USB stick." msgstr "" "Φτάσαμε στο τέλος της διεργασίας και μπορείτε να αποσυνδέσετε το κλειδί USB." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:3 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Επιλέξτε τη χώρα/περιοχή σας" #. Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6 #. 2018/02/13 apb: Minor wording + typography. #. 2018/02/25 apb: a) add xreflabel to this section. b) make some text bulleted. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align=" "\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align=" "\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:20 msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to being unable to use a Wireless network." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 msgid "" "If your country isn't in the list, click the <emphasis>Other Countries</" "emphasis> option and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:34 msgid "" "If your country is only in the <emphasis>Other Countries</emphasis> list, " "after clicking <emphasis>OK</emphasis> it may seem that a country from the " "main list was chosen. Despite this, DrakX will actually apply your choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:42 msgid "Input method" msgstr "Μέθοδος εισαγωγής" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:45 msgid "" "In the <emphasis>Other Countries</emphasis> screen you can also select an " "input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " "multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. " "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions " "and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:54 msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "post-install via <menuchoice> <guimenu>Configure your Computer</guimenu> " "<guimenuitem>System</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, or by running " "<command>localedrake</command> as <emphasis>root</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:29 msgid "Install or Upgrade" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση ή αναβάθμιση" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:33 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass." "png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 msgid "" "Use this option to perform a fresh installation of Mageia. This will format " "the <literal>root</literal> partition (<filename>/</filename>), but can " "preserve a pre-existing <filename>/home</filename> partition (a dedicated /" "home partition, rather than being incorporated within the root (/) partition " "itself)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:50 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Upgrade</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:52 msgid "Use this option to upgrade an existing installation of Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><important><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:58 msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this Installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that has reached " "its <quote>End Of Life</quote> then it is better to do a <quote>clean</" "quote> install instead, while preserving your <filename>/home</filename> " "partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" "If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " "can return from the <emphasis>Install or Upgrade</emphasis> screen to the " "language choice screen by pressing <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> " "<keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Home</keycap> </keycombo>. Do<emphasis role=" "\"bold\"> NOT</emphasis> do this later in the install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:14 msgid "Select Keyboard" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:18 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png" "\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:24 msgid "Here you can set the keyboard layout you wish to use with Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:27 msgid "" "A suggested keyboard layout (highlighted), has been chosen for you based " "upon your previously selected language and timezone choices." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:20 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Πληκτρολόγιο" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:23 msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." msgstr "" "Το DrakX επιλέγει το κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο για τη γλώσσα σας. Αν δεν βρεθεί " "ένα κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο θα οριστεί ως προκαθορισμένο ένα με διάταξη των Η." "Π.Α." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:28 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"/" "> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:35 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " "If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " "that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " "label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." "wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" msgstr "" "Σιγουρευτείτε ότι η επιλογή είναι σωστή ή επιλέξτε μια άλλη διάταξη " "πληκτρολογίου. Αν δεν γνωρίζετε ποια είναι η διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου σας, " "δείτε στα χαρακτηριστικά του υπολογιστή σας ή ρωτήστε τον προμηθευτή του " "υπολογιστή σας. Ίσως υπάρχει και κάποια ετικέτα στο πληκτρολόγιο με κάποιο " "αναγνωριστικό της διάταξης. Μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε εδώ: <link xlink:href=" "\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" "Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <emphasis>More</emphasis> " "to get a fuller list, and select your keyboard there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><note><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:50 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <emphasis>More</emphasis> dialogue, " "you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialogue and it will seem as " "though a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this " "and continue the installation: the keyboard chosen from the full list will " "be applied." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:60 msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialogue screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the " "Latin and non-Latin keyboard layouts" msgstr "" "Αν επιλέξετε ένα πληκτρολόγιο βασισμένο σε μη λατινικούς χαρακτήρες, θα " "δείτε έναν επιπλέον διάλογο στον οποίο θα ερωτηθείτε πως επιθυμείτε να " "κάνετε την εναλλαγή της διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου μεταξύ του λατινικού και " "του μη λατινικού." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:34 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Παρακαλώ επιλέξτε τη γλώσσα που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. Mageia will use this selection during the installation and for " "your installed system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:45 msgid "" "Select your preferred language. Mageia will use this selection during the " "installation and for your installed system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:50 msgid "" "If it is likely that you (or others) will require several languages to be " "installed on your system, then you should use the <emphasis>Multiple " "languages</emphasis> option to add them now. It will be difficult to add " "extra language support after installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:58 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-language.png" "\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><important><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:68 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one as your " "preferred language from the main list of languages. It will also be marked " "as chosen in the <emphasis>Multiple languages</emphasis> screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:76 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the required language for your keyboard as well" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:82 msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "<emphasis>Multiple languages</emphasis> screen if you know that it is " "inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed " "languages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:89 msgid "" "You can change the language for your system post-installation in the " "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Mageia Control Center</guimenu> <guimenuitem>System</" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>localization for your system</guimenuitem> </" "menuchoice>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:10 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Επιλογή ποντικιού" #. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 #. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place #. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. 2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:24 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " "format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:29 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." msgstr "" "Αν δεν είστε ευχαριστημένος με την απόκριση του ποντικιού σας, μπορείτε από " "εδώ να επιλέξετε κάποιο άλλο." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:32 msgid "" "Usually, <menuchoice> <guimenu>Universal</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Any PS/2 and " "USB mice</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> is a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:38 msgid "" "Select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Universal</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Force edev</" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to configure the buttons that do not work on a " "mouse with six or more buttons." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:7 en/setupBootloader.xml:206 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "Προσθήκη ή επεξεργασία μιας καταχώρησης στο μενού Εκκίνησης" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:11 msgid "" "To do this you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the " "software <emphasis role=\"bold\">grub-customizer</emphasis> tool instead " "(available in the Mageia repositories)." msgstr "" "Για να το κάνετε αυτό θα πρέπει να επεξεργαστείτε χειροκίνητα το /boot/grub2/" "custom.cfg ή να χρησιμοποιήσετε το λογισμικό <emphasis role=\"bold\">grub-" "customizer</emphasis> (Διαθέσιμο στα αποθετήρια της Mageia)." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 msgid "" "For more information, see: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-" "efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link>" msgstr "" "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στο wiki μας <link ns:href=\"https://" "wikimageiaorg/en/Grub-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-" "efi_and_Mageia</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:10 msgid "Bootloader" msgstr "Πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:13 msgid "Grub2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:15 msgid "Grub2 on Legacy MBR/GPT systems" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 msgid "" "GRUB2 (with or without graphical menu) will be used exclusively as the " "bootloader for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:21 msgid "" "By default, a new bootloader will be written into either the MBR (Master " "Boot Record) of your first hard drive or in the BIOS boot partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:27 msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems" msgstr "Grub2 σε συστήματα UEFI" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 msgid "GRUB2-efi will be used exclusively as the bootloader for a UEFI system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:33 msgid "" "By default, a new bootloader (Grub2-efi) will be written into the ESP (EFI " "System Partition)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:35 msgid "" "If there are already UEFI-based operating systems installed on your computer " "(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer will detect the existing ESP " "created by Windows and add grub2-efi to it. If no ESP exists, then one will " "be created. Although it is possible to have several ESPs, only one is " "required, whatever the number of operating systems you have." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:46 msgid "Bootloader Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Κύριες επιλογές του προγράμματος εκκίνησης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live" "\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-" "im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Bootloader to use</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:63 msgid "" "This feature is only available to Legacy MBR/BIOS systems. Users of UEFI " "systems will not see this option here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:67 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot device</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:68 msgid "Don't change this unless you really know what you are doing" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Delay before booting the default image</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:74 msgid "" "This text box lets you set a delay, in seconds, before the default operating " "system is started up." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:78 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:79 msgid "" "This allows you to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username " "and password will be required when booting in order to select a booting " "entry or change settings. This is optional, and most people are not likely " "to have a need for it. The username is <literal>root</literal> and the " "password is the one chosen hereafter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:88 msgid "Choose a password for the bootloader (optional)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password (again)</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:92 msgid "" "Retype the password and DrakX will check that it matches with the one set " "above" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 en/setupBootloader.xml:154 msgid "<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:99 msgid "<emphasis>Enable ACPI</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for power " "management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices. Deselecting it " "could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if " "you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance " "random reboots or system lockups)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:108 msgid "<emphasis>Enable SMP</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:109 msgid "" "This option enables/disables symmetric multiprocessing for multi-core " "processors" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:113 msgid "<emphasis>Enable APIC</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:114 msgid "" "Enabling this gives the operating system access to the Advanced Programmable " "Interrupt Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and " "Advanced IRQ (Interrupt Request) management." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 msgid "<emphasis>Enable Local APIC</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:121 msgid "" "Here you can set Local APIC, which manages all external interrupts for a " "specific processor in an SMP system" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:127 msgid "Bootloader Configuration" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του προγράμματος εκκίνησης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:129 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live" "\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:139 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Default</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:140 msgid "The operating system to started up by default" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:143 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Append</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:144 msgid "" "This option lets you pass information to the kernel or tell the kernel to " "give you more information as it boots" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:148 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Probe foreign OS</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:149 msgid "" "If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to " "add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, " "then untick the Probe Foreign OS option." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:156 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live" "\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:166 msgid "<emphasis>Video mode</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:167 msgid "" "This sets the screen size and colour depth to be used by the boot menu. If " "you click the down-triangle you will be offered other size and colour depth " "options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:172 msgid "<emphasis>Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:173 msgid "" "Select this option if you don't want a bootable Mageia, but would rather " "chain-load it from another OS. You will get a warning that the bootloader is " "missing. Click<emphasis> Ok</emphasis> if you are sure you understand the " "implications, and wish to proceed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\" align=\"center" "\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:188 msgid "Other Options" msgstr "Άλλες επιλογές" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:190 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Χρήση ενός υπάρχοντος μενού εκκίνησης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:191 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding Mageia to an existing bootloader is beyond " "the scope of this documentation. However in most cases it will involve " "running the relevant bootloader installation program, which should detect " "Mageia and automatically add an entry for it in the bootloader menu. See the " "documentation for the relevant operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:199 msgid "Installing Without a Bootloader" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:200 msgid "" "While you can opt to install Mageia without a bootloader (see section 2.1 " "Advanced), this is not recommended unless you absolutely know what you are " "doing, as without some form of bootloader your operating system will be " "unable to start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:207 msgid "" "To do this you need to manually edit <filename>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</" "filename> or use the software <application>grub-customizer</application> " "tool instead (available in the Mageia repositories)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:212 msgid "" "For more information, see: <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-" "efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:10 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Διαμόρφωση SCSI" #. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 #. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 #. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) #. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. #. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the #. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. 2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography. #. 2018/0217 apb: Merge 2nd/3rd paras and reword. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:33 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 msgid "" "DrakX will normally detect hard disks correctly. However, with some older " "SCSI controllers it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use " "and subsequently fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" "Το DrakX κανονικά θα εντοπίσει τους σκληρούς σας δίσκους σωστά. Ωστόσο, " "μπορεί να αποτύχει στον εντοπισμό ορισμένων παλαιότερων ελεγκτών οδηγών SCSI " "με αποτέλεσμα να αποτύχει η εγκατάσταση των απαραίτητων οδηγών." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:44 msgid "" "If your device is not recognised, you will need to manually tell DrakX which " "SCSI drive(s) you have. DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) " "correctly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><title> #: en/software.xml:4 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/software.xml:7 msgid "Media Selection" msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:10 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ήχου" #. Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC #. 2018/02/13 apb: Text and typography. #. 2018/02/17 apb: Centre-align PNG #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:26 msgid "" "This screen shows the details of the sound card driver chosen for you by the " "installer, and this driver should work without problems." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:29 msgid "" "However, if you encounter any issues post-install, then run " "<command>draksound</command> or start this tool via <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Mageia Control Center</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Hardware</guimenuitem> " "<guimenuitem>Sound Configuration</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Then, in the " "<literal>draksound</literal> or <emphasis>Sound Configuration</emphasis> " "screen, click on <emphasis>Troubleshooting</emphasis> to find useful advice " "about how to solve the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:43 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Για προχωρημένους" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:10 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Επιβεβαίωση του σκληρού δίσκου προς μορφοποίηση" #. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 #. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct #. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I #. saw this help screen when I had only one HD #. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. 2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography #. 2018/02/20 apb: Change the 2 paras to itemized listitems. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:29 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" "takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:42 msgid "" "Click on <emphasis>Previous</emphasis> if you are at all unsure about your " "choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:48 msgid "" "Click on <emphasis>Next</emphasis> to proceed if you are sure that it is OK " "to erase <emphasis role=\"bold\">every</emphasis> partition, <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">every</emphasis> operating system and <emphasis role=\"bold\">all " "data</emphasis> that might be on that hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/testing.xml:11 msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" msgstr "Δοκιμάστε την Mageia ως σύστημα Live" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/testing.xml:16 msgid "Live mode" msgstr "Λειτουργία Live" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/testing.xml:19 msgid "" "This is the screen you will see if you selected the <emphasis role=\"bold" "\">Boot Mageia </emphasis>option from the Live media menu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/testing.xml:23 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/testing.xml:30 msgid "Testing hardware" msgstr "Έλεγχος του υλικού" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/testing.xml:33 msgid "" "One of the aims of using the Live mode is to test that your hardware is " "correctly managed by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in " "the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/testing.xml:40 msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" msgstr "διεπαφή δικτύου: διαμόρφωση με το net_applet" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/testing.xml:44 msgid "graphics card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/testing.xml:49 msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" msgstr "ήχος: ένας κωδωνισμός εκτελέσθηκε ήδη" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/testing.xml:53 msgid "printer: configure your printer/s and print a test page" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/testing.xml:57 msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." msgstr "σαρωτής: σάρωση ενός εγγράφου από την συσκευή..." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/testing.xml:61 msgid "" "If everything is satisfactory, you can proceed with the installation. If " "not, you can use the <emphasis>Quit</emphasis> button to exit." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/testing.xml:66 msgid "" "The configuration settings you apply here are carried over if you decide to " "proceed with the installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/testing.xml:73 msgid "Launch installation" msgstr "Εκκίνηση της εγκατάστασης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/testing.xml:76 msgid "" "To launch the installation of the Live DVD to a hard disk or SSD drive, " "simply click the <emphasis>Install on Hard Disk</emphasis> icon on the Live " "desktop. You will then see this screen, followed by the <link linkend=" "\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/testing.xml:82 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "Απεγκατάσταση της Mageia " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:18 msgid "" "If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly - in short " "you want get rid of it - that is your right and Mageia also gives you the " "possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system." msgstr "" "Αν η Mageia δεν σας «έπεισε» ή αν δεν δεν μπορείτε να την απεγκαταστήσετε " "σωστά, με λίγα λόγια αν θέλετε να την «ξεφορτωθείτε» - είναι δικαίωμά σας " "και η Mageia σας δίνει τη δυνατότητα να το κάνετε εν αντιθέσει άλλων " "λειτουργικών συστημάτων." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:23 msgid "" "After backing up your data, reboot your Mageia installation DVD and select " "<emphasis>Rescue system</emphasis>, then <emphasis>Restore Windows boot " "loader</emphasis>. At the next boot, you will only have Windows, with no " "option to choose your Mageia operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28 msgid "" "In Windows, to recover the space used by Mageia partitions: click on " "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Start</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Control Panel</" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Administrative Tools</guimenuitem> " "<guimenuitem>Computer Management</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Storage</" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Disk Management</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. You " "will recognise a Mageia partition because they are labeled <literal>Unknown</" "literal>, and also by their size and place on the disk. Right-click on each " "of these partitions and select <emphasis>Delete</emphasis> to free up the " "space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:46 msgid "" "If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it " "(FAT32 or NTFS). It will then get a partition letter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:49 msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as <emphasis role=\"bold" "\">gparted</emphasis>, available for both Windows and Linux. As always, when " "changing partitions, be very careful to back up anything important to you." msgstr "" "Αν έχετε Vista ή 7, έχετε ακόμα μια επιλογή, μπορείτε να επεκτείνετε την " "υπάρχουσα κατάτμηση που βρίσκεται στα αριστερά από τον απελευθερωμένο χώρο. " "Υπάρχουν και άλλα εργαλεία κατατμήσεων που μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν, όπως " "το <emphasis role=\"bold\">gparted</emphasis>, διαθέσιμο για Windows και " "Linux. Όπως πάντα, κατά την αλλαγή των κατατμήσεων, φροντίστε να έχετε πάρει " "αντίγραφα ασφαλείας για όλα τα σημαντικά σας αρχεία." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/unused.xml:3 msgid "Keep or delete unused material" msgstr "Διατήρηση ή αφαίρεση των μη χρησιμοποιούμενων συσκευών " #. 2018/03/03 apb: Adjusted text and updated SC's to Mga6. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/unused.xml:9 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\" fileref=\"live-" "unused.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/unused.xml:14 msgid "" "In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " "hardware packages and you are then given an opportunity to delete them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/unused.xml:18 msgid "" "If you do not foresee a case where your installation may need to run on " "different hardware, or that you might need additional localization files " "then you might wish to accept this proposal." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/unused.xml:22 msgid "" "Clicking <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> will list the unused hardware and " "localization files that will be removed if you proceed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/unused.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/" "> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/" "> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/unused.xml:31 msgid "" "The next step is the copying of files to hard disk. This process should just " "take a little while to complete. When it is finishing you will briefly get a " "blank screen

#: en/acceptLicense.xml:31 msgid "License and Release Notes" msgstr "Άδεια χρήσης και σημειώσεις έκδοσης" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:35 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"acceptLicense-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=\"center\" revision=" "\"4\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=" "\"live-license.png\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" revision=\"5\" align=" "\"center\" condition=\"live\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"acceptLicense-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=\"center\" revision=" "\"4\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=" "\"live-license.png\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" revision=\"5\" align=" "\"center\" condition=\"live\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:46 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Άδεια χρήσης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" "Before installing Mageia, please read the license terms and conditions " "carefully." msgstr "" "Πριν την εγκατάσταση της Mageia, παρακαλώ διαβάστε τους όρους και τις " "συνθήκες της άδειας χρήσης προσεκτικά." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:56 msgid "" "These terms and conditions apply to the entire Mageia distribution and must " "be accepted before you can continue." msgstr "" "Οι όροι και οι συνθήκες ισχύουν για ολόκληρη τη διανομή Mageia και θα πρέπει " "να τους αποδεχτείτε πριν να συνεχίσετε." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:61 msgid "" "To proceed, simply select <emphasis>Accept</emphasis> and then click on " "<emphasis>Next</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Για να συνεχίσετε, απλά επιλέξτε <emphasis>Αποδοχή</emphasis> και έπειτα " "κάντε κλικ στο <emphasis>Επόμενο</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for your " "interest in Mageia. Clicking <emphasis>Quit</emphasis> will reboot your " "computer." msgstr "" "Αν τελικά αποφασίσετε να μην αποδεχτείτε τους όρους, σας ευχαριστούμε για το " "ενδιαφέρον σας για την Mageia και για να συνεχίσετε κάντε κλικ στο " "<emphasis>Έξοδος</emphasis> για επανεκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:76 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Σημειώσεις έκδοσης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:83 msgid "" "Important information about this particular Mageia release can be viewed by " "clicking on the <emphasis>Release Notes</emphasis> button." msgstr "" "Μπορείτε να δείτε τις σημαντικές πληροφορίες σχετικά με αυτήν την έκδοση της " "Mageia κάνοντας κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis>Σημειώσεις έκδοσης</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:3 msgid "Supplemental Installation Media" msgstr "Επιπρόσθετο μέσο εγκατάστασης" #. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created #. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection #. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. 2018/02/10 apb: Text and typgraphy. #. 2018/02/16 apb: Update dx2-add_supplemental_media.png to Mga6 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media." "png\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\" align=\"center\" revision=" "\"1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media." "png\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\" align=\"center\" revision=" "\"1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:23 msgid "" "This screen shows you the list of already recognised repositories. You can " "add other sources for packages, like an optical-disc or a remote source. " "The source selection determines which packages will be available during the " "subsequent steps." msgstr "" "Σε αυτήν την οθόνη έχετε μια λίστα των ήδη αναγνωρισμένων αποθετηρίων. " "Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε και άλλες πηγές πακέτων, όπως έναν οπτικό οδηγό ή μια " "απομακρυσμένη πηγή. Η επιλογή των πηγών καθορίζει ποια πακέτα θα είναι " "διαθέσιμα σε μεταγενέστερα βήματα." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:28 msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" msgstr "Για μια δικτυακή πηγή, θα πρέπει να ακολουθήσετε δυο βήματα:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:32 msgid "Choosing and activating the network, if not already up." msgstr "Επιλογή και ενεργοποίηση του δικτύου, αν δεν είναι ήδη ενεργοποιημένο." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:36 msgid "" "Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " "mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " "Mageia, like the <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis>, the <emphasis>Tainted</" "emphasis> repositories and the <emphasis>Updates</emphasis>. With the URL, " "you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS installation." msgstr "" "Επιλογή ενός καθρεπτισμού ή καθορισμός του URL (η πρώτη καταχώρηση) " "Επιλέγοντας έναν καθρεπτισμό , έχετε τη δυνατότητα να επιλέξετε μεταξύ των " "αποθετηρίων που διαχειρίζονται από τη Mageia, όπως το <emphasis>Nonfree</" "emphasis>, <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> και <emphasis>Updates</emphasis>. Με " "το URL, μπορείτε να υποδείξετε ένα συγκεκριμένο αποθετήριο ή τη δική σας " "εγκατάσταση NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46 msgid "" "If you are updating a 64-bit installation which may contain some 32-bit " "packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by " "selecting one of the Network protocols here. The 64-bit DVD ISO only " "contains 64-bit and <emphasis>noarch</emphasis> packages, it will not be " "able to update the 32-bit packages. However, after adding an online mirror, " "the installer will find the needed 32-bit packages there." msgstr "" "Αν κάνετε ενημέρωση μιας 64bit εγκατάστασης η οποία μπορεί να περιέχει " "μερικά 32bit πακέτα, συνιστάται να χρησιμοποιήσετε την οθόνη προσθήκης ενός " "διαδικτυακού καθρεπτισμού επιλέγοντας ένα από τα παρόντα δικτυακά " "πρωτόκολλα. Το 64bit DVD ISO περιέχει μόνο 64bit και <emphasis>noarch</" "emphasis> πακέτα· δεν θα είναι σε θέση να ενημερώσει τα 32bit πακέτα. " "Ωστόσο, μετά την προσθήκη ενός διαδικτυακού καθρεπτισμού, ο εγκαταστάτης θα " "εντοπίσει εκεί τα 32bit πακέτα." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:9 msgid "User Management" msgstr "Διαχείριση χρηστών:" #. Lebarhon: 20170210 updated for Mageia 6 (umask) #. 2018/02/12 apb: Text and Typography. #. 2018/02/19 apb: Update dx2-setRootPassword.png to Mga6. #. 2018/02/21 apb: Changed title from 'User and Superuser Management' to 'User Management'. Docteam approved (plus, the SC title is User Management). #. Also changed 'Advanced User Management' to 'User Management (advanced)'. #. 2018/02/24 apb: Changed list style. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:24 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" "\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=" "\"live-user1.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" "\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=" "\"live-user1.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:36 msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" msgstr "Ορίστε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του διαχειριστή (root):" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/addUser.xml:40 msgid "" "It is advisable for all Mageia installations to set a <literal>superuser</" "literal> (Administrator) password, usually called the <emphasis>root </" "emphasis>password in Linux. As you type a password into the top box a shield " "will change from red-to-yellow-to-green depending on the strength of the " "password. A green shield shows you are using a strong password. You need to " "repeat the same password in the box underneath, to check that the first " "entry was not mistyped." msgstr "" "Συνιστάται για όλες τις εγκαταστάσεις Mageia ο καθορισμός ενός κωδικού " "πρόσβαση <literal>διαχειριστή</literal>· στο Linux συνηθίζεται να λέγεται " "<emphasis>κωδικός root</emphasis>. Καθώς πληκτρολογείτε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης " "στο πεδίο θα δείτε το εικονίδιο με την ασπίδα να αλλάζει από ερυθρό σε " "κίτρινο και σε πράσινο αναλόγως με την ισχύ του κωδικού πρόσβασης. Μια " "πράσινη ασπίδα δείχνει την χρήση ενός ισχυρού κωδικού πρόσβασης. Για την " "αποφυγή λαθών πληκτρολόγησης θα πρέπει να επαναλάβετε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης " "στο επόμενο πεδίο." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:49 msgid "" "All passwords are case-sensitive. It is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." msgstr "" "Όλοι οι κωδικοί κάνουν διάκριση μεταξύ πεζών και κεφαλαίων, συνιστάται η " "χρήση μικτών γραμμάτων (πεζών και κεφαλαίων), αριθμών και λοιπών χαρακτήρων " "σε έναν κωδικό." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:57 msgid "Enter a user" msgstr "Εισαγωγή ενός χρήστη" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/addUser.xml:60 msgid "" "Add a User here. A regular user has fewer privileges than the " "<literal>superuser</literal> (root), but enough to use the Internet, office " "applications or play games and anything else the average user might use a " "computer for." msgstr "" "Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε έναν χρήστη. Ένας χρήστης έχει λιγότερα " "δικαιώματα από τον <literal>διαχειριστή</literal> (root), αλλά αρκετά από " "προεπιλογή ώστε να πλοηγείται στο διαδίκτυο, να χρησιμοποιεί εφαρμογές " "γραφείου ή να παίζει παιχνίδια και οτιδήποτε άλλο κάνει ένας μέσος χρήστης " "με τον υπολογιστή του." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:67 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Icon</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Εικονίδιο</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:69 msgid "Click on this button if you want to change the user's icon" msgstr "" "Κάνετε κλικ σε αυτό το κουμπί αν θέλετε να αλλάξετε το εικονίδιο του χρήστη" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:74 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Real Name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Πραγματικό όνομα</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:76 msgid "Insert the user's real name into this text box" msgstr "Εισαγάγετε το πραγματικό όνομα του χρήστη σε αυτό το πλαίσιο κειμένου" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:80 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Όνομα σύνδεσης</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:82 msgid "" "Enter the user login name or let DrakX use a version of the user's real " "name. <emphasis role=\"bold\">The login name is case-sensitive.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Εισαγάγετε το όνομα σύνδεσης χρήστη ή αφήστε το DrakX να χρησιμοποιήσει μια " "μορφή του πραγματικού ονόματος του χρήστη. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Το όνομα " "σύνδεσης κάνει διάκριση μεταξύ πεζών και κεφαλαίων.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:88 en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Κωδικός πρόσβασης</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:90 msgid "" "Type in the user password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that " "indicates the strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=" "\"givePassword\"/>)" msgstr "" "Πληκτρολογήστε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του χρήστη. Και εδώ, υπάρχει μια ασπίδα " "στην άκρη του πλαισίου που δείχνει κατά πόσο είναι ισχυρός ο κωδικός " "πρόσβασης του χρήστη. (Δείτε επίσης <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password (again):</emphasis> Retype the user " "password. DrakX will check that you have not mistyped the password." msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Κωδικός πρόσβασης (ξανά)</emphasis>: Επαναλάβετε τον " "κωδικό πρόσβασης του χρήστη· το DrakX θα ελέγξει ότι έχετε πληκτρολογήσει " "τον ίδιο κωδικό πρόσβασης." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "Any users added while installing Mageia, will have a home directory that is " "both read and write protected (umask=0027)" msgstr "" "Κάθε χρήστης που προσθέτετε κατά την εγκατάσταση της Mageia, θα έχει έναν " "προσωπικό κατάλογο με προστασία εγγραφής και ανάγνωσης (umask=0027)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:104 msgid "" "You can add any extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</" "emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</" "emphasis>." msgstr "" "Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε όλους τους απαραίτητους επιπλέον χρήστες από το βήμα " "<emphasis>Διαμόρφωση - Σύνοψη</emphasis> κατά την εγκατάσταση. Επιλέξτε " "<emphasis>Διαχείριση χρηστών</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:108 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." msgstr "" "Οι άδειες πρόσβασης μπορούν επίσης να τροποποιηθούν και μετά την εγκατάσταση." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:115 msgid "User Management (advanced)" msgstr "Διαχείριση χρηστών (προηγμένη)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/addUser.xml:118 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> option allows you to edit further settings " "for the user you are adding." msgstr "" "Το κουμπί <emphasis>για προχωρημένους</emphasis> σας επιτρέπει να " "επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις για τον χρήστη που προσθέτετε." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:123 msgid "" "<emphasis>Shell</emphasis>: This drop-down list allows you to change the " "shell available to any user you added in the previous screen. Options are " "<literal>Bash</literal>, <literal>Dash</literal> and <literal>Sh</literal>" msgstr "" "<emphasis>Κέλυφος</emphasis>: Αυτό το αναπτυσσόμενο κατάστιχο σας επιτρέπει " "να αλλάξετε το κέλυφος που χρησιμοποιείται από τον χρήστη που προσθέτετε " "στην προηγούμενη οθόνη. Οι επιλογές είναι <literal>Bash</literal>, " "<literal>Dash</literal> και <literal>Sh</literal>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:130 msgid "" "<emphasis>User ID</emphasis>: Here you can set the user ID for any user you " "added in the previous screen. If you are unsure what the purpose of this is, " "then leave it blank." msgstr "" "<emphasis>Αναγνωριστικό χρήστη</emphasis>: Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε το " "αναγνωριστικό του χρήστη που προσθέσατε στην προηγούμενη οθόνη. Αν δεν " "ξέρετε τι να κάνετε αφήστε το κενό." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:136 msgid "" "<emphasis>Group ID</emphasis>: This lets you set the group ID. Again, if " "unsure, leave it blank." msgstr "" "<emphasis>Αναγνωριστικό ομάδος</emphasis>: Σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε το " "αναγνωριστικό της ομάδος. Αν δεν ξέρετε τι να κάνετε αφήστε το κενό." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:10 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Επιλογή των σημείων προσάρτησης" #. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 #. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back #. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 #. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" #. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) #. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes #. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans #. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it #. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) #. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. 2018/02/12 apb: Text and typography. #. 2019/01/04 apb: Typo & minor reword on custom mount-points. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" "\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " "<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints.png\" format=" "\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" "\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " "<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints.png\" format=" "\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the DrakX suggestions, you can change the mount points " "yourself." msgstr "" "Εδώ βλέπετε τις κατατμήσεις Linux που βρέθηκαν στον υπολογιστή σας. Αν δεν " "συμφωνείτε με τις προτάσεις του DrakX, μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τα σημεία " "προσάρτησης." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" "To the left of the drop-down menus is a list of available partitions. For " "example: <filename>sda</filename> is a hard drive - and <filename>5</" "filename> is a <emphasis>partition number</emphasis>, followed by " "the<emphasis> (capacity, mount point, filesystem type)</emphasis> of the " "partition." msgstr "" "Στα αριστερά του αναπτυσσόμενου μενού βρίσκεται ένα κατάστιχο με τις " "διαθέσιμες κατατμήσεις. Για παράδειγμα: <filename>sda</filename> είναι ένας " "σκληρός δίσκος και <filename>5</filename> είναι ένας <emphasis>αριθμός " "κατάτμησης</emphasis>, ακολουθούμενος από τα (χωρητικότητα, σημείο " "προσάρτησης, τύπος συστήματος αρχείων)<emphasis> της κατάτμησης." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:63 msgid "" "If you have several partitions, you can choose various different " "<emphasis>mount points</emphasis> from the drop down menu, such as " "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename> and <filename>/var</" "filename>. You can even make your own mount points, for instance <filename>/" "video</filename> for a partition where you want to store your films, or " "perhaps <filename>/Data</filename> for all your data files." msgstr "" "Αν έχετε πολλαπλές κατατμήσεις, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε διάφορα " "<emphasis>σημεία προσάρτησης</emphasis> από το αναπτυσσόμενο μενού, όπως " "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename> και <filename>/var</" "filename>. Μπορείτε επίσης να ορίσετε τα δικά σας σημεία προσάρτησης, για " "παράδειγμα <filename>/video</filename> για μια κατάτμηση όπου θα αποθηκεύετε " "τις ταινίες σας, ή <filename>/Data</filename> (ή κάποιο άλλο όνομα) για τα " "δεδομένα σας." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:73 msgid "" "For any partitions that you don't need to make use of, you can leave the " "mount point field blank." msgstr "" "Για τις κατατμήσεις που δεν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε, μπορείτε να αφήσετε " "το πεδίο του σημείου προσάρτησης κενό." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:79 msgid "" "If you make any changes here, ensure you still have a <filename>/</filename> " "(root) partition." msgstr "" "Αν πραγματοποιήσετε οποιαδήποτε αλλαγή εδώ, σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε πάντα " "μια κατάτμηση <filename>/</filename> (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:84 msgid "" "If you are not sure what to choose, click <emphasis>Previous</emphasis> to " "go back and then tick <emphasis>Custom disk partitioning</emphasis>, where " "you can click on a partition to see its type and size." msgstr "" "Αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η τι να επιλέξτε, κάντε κλικ στο " "<emphasis>Προηγούμενο</emphasis> για να οπισθοδρομήσετε και στη συνέχεια " "επιλέξτε <emphasis>Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση του δίσκου</emphasis>, όπου " "μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ σε μια κατάτμηση για να δείτε τον τύπο και το " "μέγεθός της." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:90 msgid "" "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <emphasis>Next</" "emphasis>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition " "suggested by DrakX, or more." msgstr "" "Αν είστε σίγουρος-η ότι τα σημεία προσάρτησης είναι σωστά, κάντε κλικ στο " "<emphasis>Επόμενο</emphasis>, και επιλέξτε αν επιθυμείτε την μορφοποίηση (με " "διαγραφή δεδομένων) των κατατμήσεων που προτείνει το DrakX, ή άλλες επιλογές." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/bestTime.xml:5 msgid "Clock Settings" msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις του ρολογιού" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/bestTime.xml:8 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" "bestTime.png\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" "bestTime.png\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/bestTime.xml:12 msgid "" "Here, you can select whether your computer internal clock is set to local " "time or UTC time." msgstr "" "Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τον ορισμό της ώρας της μητρικής κάρτας στην " "τοπική ώρα ή σε UTC (Συντονισμένη Παγκόσμια Ώρα)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/bestTime.xml:14 msgid "" "In the <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> tab, you can enable automatic time " "synchronization and specify an NTP server." msgstr "" "Στην καρτέλα <emphasis>Προηγμένες</emphasis>, μπορείτε να ενεργοποιήσετε τον " "αυτόματο συγχρονισμό της ώρας και να καθορίσετε έναν διακομιστή NTP " "(Πρωτόκολλο Δικτυακού Χρόνου)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/bootLive.xml:21 msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system" msgstr "Εκκίνηση της Mageia ως σύστημα Live" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/bootLive.xml:26 msgid "Booting the medium" msgstr "Εκκίνηση του μέσου" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:29 msgid "" "You can boot directly from a Live DVD or USB. Usually, you just need to plug " "the USB device in or place the DVD in the drive and restart the computer." msgstr "" "Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε απευθείας από ένα ζωντανό DVD ή USB. Συνήθως, " "χρειάζεται απλώς να συνδέσετε την συσκευή USB ή να εισαγάγετε το DVD στον " "οδηγό και να επανεκκινήσετε τον υπολογιστή." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:33 msgid "" "If the computer does not automatically boot from the USB or DVD you may need " "to reconfigure your BIOS Boot Disk priority. Alternatively, you might try " "accessing the boot device menu to select a device from which the computer " "will boot." msgstr "" "Αν ο υπολογιστής δεν ξεκινά αυτομάτως από το USB ή το DVD ίσως να χρειάζεται " "να αναδιαμορφώσετε την προτεραιότητα εκκίνησης δίσκων του BIOS. Εναλλακτικά, " "μπορείτε να προσπαθήσετε να προσπελάσετε το μενού συσκευών εκκίνησης για να " "επιλέξετε την συσκευή από την οποία θα εκκινηθεί ο υπολογιστής." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:39 msgid "" "To access the BIOS or boot menu when the computer is starting, you can try " "pressing either <keycap>F2</keycap>, <keycap>Del</keycap> or <keycap>Esc</" "keycap> for the BIOS, or <keycap>Esc</keycap>, <keycap>F8</keycap>, " "<keycap>F10</keycap> or <keycap>F11</keycap> for the boot device menu. These " "(fairly common) keys are just a selection of possible options though." msgstr "" "Για προσπέλαση στο μενού εκκίνησης του BIOS κατά την εκκίνηση του " "υπολογιστή, μπορείτε να προσπαθήσετε να πιέσετε <keycap>F2</keycap>, " "<keycap>Del</keycap> ή <keycap>Esc</keycap> για το BIOS, ή <keycap>Esc</" "keycap>, <keycap>F8</keycap>, <keycap>F10</keycap> ή <keycap>F11</keycap> " "για το μενού εκκίνησης συσκευών. Αυτά τα (συνήθως κοινά) πλήκτρα δεν είναι " "παρά μόνο ένα κατάστιχο πιθανών επιλογών." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:48 msgid "" "The actual screen that you will first see when booting from the Live media " "will depend on whether your computer motherboard is of the Legacy (BIOS) or " "UEFI type." msgstr "" "Η τρέχουσα οθόνη που βλέπετε αμέσως μετά την εκκίνηση σε ένα ζωντανό μέσο " "εξαρτάται από το αν η μητρική κάρτα διαθέτει έναν παλαιού τύπου BIOS ή τύπου " "UEFI" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/bootLive.xml:56 msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode" msgstr "Στο BIOS/CSM/Λειτουργία παλαιού τύπου" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/bootLive.xml:60 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:65 msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode" msgstr "Η πρώτη οθόνη εκκινώντας σε λειτουργία BIOS" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><title> #: en/bootLive.xml:70 en/bootLive.xml:142 en/installer.xml:106 #: en/installer.xml:154 msgid "Menu" msgstr "Μενού" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:73 en/bootLive.xml:145 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot Mageia</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Εκκίνηση της Mageia</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:75 msgid "" "This option will boot the Mageia Live system from the connected DVD/USB " "media (expect a very slow system compared to an installed OS)." msgstr "" "Αυτή η επιλογή θα εκκινήσει το ζωντανό σύστημα Mageia από το συνδεδεμένο DVD/" "USB (να περιμένετε ένα αρκετά αργό σύστημα εν συγκρίσει με ένα εγκατεστημένο " "λειτουργικό σύστημα)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:79 msgid "Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation." msgstr "" "Μετά το πέρας της εκκίνησης, μπορείτε να συνεχίσετε με την εγκατάσταση." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:84 en/bootLive.xml:100 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">+ use non-free video drivers (slower to boot)</" "emphasis>" msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">+ με ιδιόκτητους οδηγούς γραφικών (βραδύτερη " "εκκίνηση)</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:87 msgid "Boot the Mageia Live system using non-free video drivers" msgstr "" "Εκκίνηση του Ζωντανού συστήματος της Mageia με ιδιόκτητους οδηγούς βίντεο" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:94 en/bootLive.xml:153 en/installer.xml:109 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Install Mageia</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Εγκατάσταση της Mageia</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:96 en/bootLive.xml:155 msgid "This option will install Mageia to a hard disk." msgstr "Αυτή η επιλογή θα εγκαταστήσει τη Mageia στον σκληρό δίσκο." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:103 msgid "Install Mageia using non-free video drivers" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση της Mageia με ιδιόκτητους οδηγούς βίντεο" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:109 en/installer.xml:125 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Memory Test</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:111 en/installer.xml:127 msgid "" "Test the installed RAM by performing multiple read and write operations. " "Reboot to end the test." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:116 en/bootLive.xml:159 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"> F2 Language</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:118 en/bootLive.xml:161 msgid "" "Press <keycap>F2</keycap> to have the installer use a specific language " "during the installation. Use the arrow keys to select the language then " "press <keycap>Enter</keycap>." msgstr "" "Πιέστε <keycap>F2</keycap> για χρήση μιας συγκεκριμένης γλώσσας για την " "εγκατάσταση. Χρησιμοποιήστε τα βελάκια για να επιλέξετε την γλώσσα και " "πιέστε <keycap>Enter</keycap>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/bootLive.xml:127 msgid "In UEFI mode" msgstr "Σε λειτουργία UEFI" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/bootLive.xml:131 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bootUEFI.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:137 msgid "First screen while booting in UEFI mode" msgstr "Η πρώτη οθόνη εκκινώντας σε λειτουργία UEFI" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:147 msgid "" "This option will boot the Mageia Live system from the connected Dvd/USB " "media (expect a very slow system compared to an installed OS). Once the " "boot is done, you can proceed to the installation" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/bootLive.xml:168 msgid "" "If you booted from a USB stick, you will see the above menu options " "duplicated, and in this case, you should choose from the menu pair that will " "be suffixed with \"USB\"." msgstr "" "Αν κάνατε την εκκίνηση από ένα κλειδί USB, θα δείτε τις ανωτέρω επιλογές του " "μενού διπλές. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε από το ζεύγος " "με την κατάληξη «USB»." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:16 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Επιλογή περιβάλλοντος εργασίας" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:23 msgid "Some choices made here will open other screens with related options." msgstr "" "Μερικές από τις επιλογές σε αυτό το στάδιο θα ανοίξουν άλλες οθόνες με " "σχετικές επιλογές." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slideshow during the " "installation of required packages. The slideshow can be disabled by pressing " "the <emphasis>Details</emphasis> button." msgstr "" "Μετά τα βήματα επιλογής, θα δείτε ένα διαπόραμα κατά τη διάρκεια της " "εγκατάστασης των πακέτων Το διαπόραμα μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί πατώντας στο " "κουμπί <emphasis>Λεπτομέρειες</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:31 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" " "format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" " "format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:38 msgid "" "Choose whether you prefer to use the KDE Plasma or GNOME desktop " "environment. Both come with a full set of useful applications and tools." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:44 msgid "" "Select <emphasis>Custom</emphasis> if you do not wish to use either (or, " "actually use both) of these, or if you want to modify the default software " "choices for these desktop environments. The LXDE desktop, for instance, is " "lighter than the previous two, sporting less eye candy and having fewer " "packages installed by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:3 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Επιλογή ομάδας πακέτων" #. Lebarhon 20170209 Updated SC #. 2018/02/25 apb: add xreflabel to this section. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:11 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png" "\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png" "\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 msgid "" "Packages are arranged into common groups, to make choosing what you need on " "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." msgstr "" "Τα πακέτα έχουν ταξινομηθεί σε κοινές ομάδες, για να σας διευκολύνουν στην " "επιλογή των πακέτων που χρειάζεστε. Το περιεχόμενο των ομάδων διακρίνεται " "εύκολα από τον τίτλο τους, ωστόσο περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το " "περιεχόμενο του καθενός υπάρχουν στις υποδείξεις που εμφανίζονται κατά το " "πέρασμα του ποντικιού από πάνω τους." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Workstation</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Σταθμός εργασίας</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Server</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Εξυπηρετητής</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphical Environment</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Γραφικό περιβάλλον</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Individual Package Selection</emphasis>: you can use " "this option to manually add or remove packages" msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων</emphasis>: μπορείτε να " "χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή για την προσθήκη επιπλέον πακέτων " "χειροκίνητα." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:40 msgid "" "See <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> for instructions on how to do a " "minimal install (without or with X & IceWM)." msgstr "" "Ανατρέξτε στο <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"/> για οδηγίες σχετικά με την " "ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση (με ή χωρίς X & IceWM)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:3 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων" #. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. 2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography. #. 2018/02/25 apb: add xreflabel to this section. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" "\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" "\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customize your installation." msgstr "" "Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε οποιαδήποτε επιπλέον πακέτα για να προσαρμόσετε " "την εγκατάστασή σας." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:21 msgid "" "After having made your choice, you can click on the <emphasis>floppy</" "emphasis> icon at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " "(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " "same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " "and choosing to load it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Διαμορφώστε τις υπηρεσίες σας" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. 2018/02/16 apb: Minor text adjustment. #. 2018/02/25 apb: a) add xreflabel for this section. b) Added some bullets to the text. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:15 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" "\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" "\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:20 msgid "" "Here you can choose which services should start when you boot your system." msgstr "" "Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε εκκίνηση των υπηρεσιών με την έναρξη του συστήματος." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:25 msgid "" "Click on a triangle to expand a group to all the relevant services. The " "settings DrakX chose are usually good." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:31 msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." msgstr "" "Αν τονίσετε με το ποντίκι μια υπηρεσία, θα εμφανιστεί μια υπόδειξη με " "σχετικές πληροφορίες." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:37 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "Αλλάξτε κάτι μόνο αν γνωρίζετε πολύ καλά τι κάνετε." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Διαμόρφωση της ζώνης ώρας" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. 2018/02/13 apb: Minor text adjustment. #. 2018/02/25 apb: Added xreflabel to this section. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:15 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" "\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" "configureTimezoneUTC.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata format=\"png\" fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" " "align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" "Choose your timezone by choosing your country, or a city close to you in the " "same timezone." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:32 msgid "" "In the next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time " "or to GMT, also known as UTC." msgstr "" "Στην επόμενη οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τη ρύθμιση της τοπικής ώρας βάσει " "του ρολογιού της μητρικής κάρτας ή GMT (Γκρίνουϊτς), γνωστή και ως UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:37 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." msgstr "" "Αν έχετε περισσότερα από ένα λειτουργικά συστήματα στον υπολογιστή σας, " "σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλα έχουν ρυθμιστεί στην τοπική ώρα, ή σε UTC/GMT στο " "σύνολό τους." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" msgstr "Επιλέξτε έναν εξυπηρετητή X (Διαμόρφωση της κάρτας γραφικών)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:29 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list." "png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." msgstr "" "Το DrakX διαθέτει μια πολύ περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων καρτών γραφικών και " "συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά την κάρτα σας." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:38 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" msgstr "" "Αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την κάρτα γραφικών σας και " "γνωρίζετε τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου ανά:" #. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:41 en/configureX_monitor.xml:74 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Κατασκευαστής" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:45 msgid "then the make of your card" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:49 msgid "and the model of card" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:53 msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "<emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> category, which provides more than 40 generic and " "open source video card drivers. If you still can't find a specific driver " "for your card there is the option of using the VESA driver which provides " "basic capabilities." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><caution><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:61 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the <emphasis>Command Line Interface</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:65 msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository and in " "some cases only from the card manufacturers' websites. The " "<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository needs to be explicitly enabled to " "access them. If you didn't enable it previously, you should do this after " "your first reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Διαμόρφωση του X, της κάρτας γραφικών και της οθόνης" #. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. 2018/02/15 apb: Some text and typography. #. 2018/02/21 apb: a) Changed main options list style. b) Slight reword of 'wrong refresh rates' warning. #. 2018/02/23 apb: Typo. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:24 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser." "png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:30 msgid "" "No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " "you chose for this install of Mageia, they are all based on a graphical user " "interface system called <literal>X Window System</literal>, or simply " "<quote>X</quote>. So in order for KDE Plasma, GNOME, LXDE or any other " "graphical environment to work well, the following <quote>X</quote> settings " "need to be correct. Choose the appropriate settings - if none are shown, or " "if you think the details are incorrect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:41 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic Card</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:44 msgid "" "If you need to, you can select a specific card from this expandable list. " "See <xref linkend=\"configureX_card_list\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:49 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:52 msgid "" "You can choose Plug'n Play, if applicable, or choose your monitor from the " "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis> or <emphasis>Generic</emphasis> list. Choose " "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis> if you prefer to manually set the horizontal and " "vertical refresh rates of your monitor. See <xref linkend=" "\"configureX_monitor\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:60 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:63 msgid "The resolution and color depth of your monitor can be set here" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:68 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:71 msgid "" "The test button does not always appear during install. If the option is " "there, and you test your settings, you should be asked whether your settings " "are correct. If you answer <emphasis>Yes</emphasis>, the settings will be " "kept. If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen " "and be able to reconfigure everything until the test result is satisfactory. " "If the test option is not available, then make sure your settings are on the " "safe side." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:81 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:84 msgid "Here you can choose to enable or disable various options" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:89 msgid "" "There is a risk of damaging a monitor if you choose refresh rates that are " "outside the frequency range of that monitor. This applies to older CRT " "displays: modern monitors will reject an unsupported frequency and normally " "enter standby mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:22 msgid "Choosing your Monitor" msgstr "Επιλογή της οθόνης" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:25 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." msgstr "" "Το DrakX διαθέτει μια αρκετά περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων συσκευών οθονών και " "συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά και τη δική σας." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:30 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Selecting a monitor with different characteristics " "could damage your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something " "without knowing what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should " "consult your monitor documentation." msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Η επιλογή μιας οθόνης με διαφορετικά χαρακτηριστικά " "μπορεί να καταστρέψει την οθόνη σας ή τη συσκευή γραφικών. Παρακαλώ μην " "προσπαθείτε να κάνετε απλά δοκιμές αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι ακριβώς κάνετε.</" "emphasis> Αν έχετε αμφιβολίες θα πρέπει να συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της " "οθόνης σας" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:38 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." "png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." "png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:46 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Προσαρμοσμένο" #. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters: the vertical refresh " "rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " "screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " "displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 msgid "" "It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." msgstr "" "Είναι <emphasis>ΠΟΛΥ ΣΗΜΑΝΤΙΚΟ</emphasis> να μην ορίσετε μια οθόνη με εύρος " "συγχρονισμού εκτός των δυνατοτήτων της οθόνης σας: μπορεί να καταστρέψετε " "την οθόνη σας. Αν έχετε αμφιβολία, επιλέξτε μια συντηρητική ρύθμιση και " "συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της οθόνης σας." #. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:64 msgid "Plug'n Play" msgstr "Άμεσης τοποθέτησης και λειτουργίας" #. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:67 msgid "" "This is the default option and automatically tries to determine the monitor " "type from the monitor database." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" msgstr "" "αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την οθόνη σας και γνωρίζεται " "τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου επιλέγοντας ανά:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:86 msgid "Manufacturer" msgstr "Κατασκευαστής" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:90 msgid "Monitor model" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:96 msgid "Generic" msgstr "Γενικού τύπου" #. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:99 msgid "" "Selecting this group will list nearly 30 display configurations such as " "1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes flat-panel displays as used in laptops. This is " "often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the VESA card driver " "when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " "may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:22 msgid "Custom Disk Partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " "<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "Modify the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " "change the filesystem or size of a partition and even view their details " "before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" "There is a tab at the top for every detected hard disk (or other storage " "device, like a USB key). In the screenshot above there are two available " "devices: <filename>sda </filename>and <filename>sdb</filename>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:52 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it. " "<emphasis>Expert mode</emphasis> provides more options such as to label " "(name) a partition, or to choose a partition type." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:60 msgid "" "Continue until you have adjusted everything to your satisfaction, then click " "<emphasis>Done</emphasis> when you're ready." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "Take care with the <emphasis>Clear all</emphasis> option, use it only if you " "are sure you want to wipe all partitions on the selected storage device." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:75 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <filename>/</filename> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. " "The encryption option for the <filename>/boot</filename> partition must NOT " "be set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><important><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:87 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on a UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI System " "Partition) is present and correctly mounted on <filename>/boot/EFI</" "filename>. See Figure 1 below." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><important><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:93 msgid "" "If you are installing Mageia on a Legacy/GPT system, check that a BIOS boot " "partition is present and of the correct type. See Figure 2 below." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:101 msgid "EFI System Partition" msgstr "Κατάτμηση συστήματος EFI" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:104 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " "<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/diskdrake.xml:103 en/diskdrake.xml:117 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:115 msgid "BIOS boot partition" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:118 en/doPartitionDisks.xml:200 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live" "\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live" "\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks3.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/diskPartitioning.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "el" #. type: Content of: <section><title> #: en/diskPartitioning.xml:4 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Διαμερισμός" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) along with the " "DrakX partitioning proposals for where to install Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:32 msgid "" "The actual options available from those shown below will vary according to " "the layout and content of your particular hard drive(s)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:37 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live" "\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47 msgid "Main Options" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:50 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Use Existing Partitions</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:53 msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." msgstr "" "Αν αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη, σημαίνει ότι έχουν βρεθεί κατατμήσεις " "συμβατές με το Linux και μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για την εγκατάσταση." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:59 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Use Free Space</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 msgid "" "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " "your new Mageia installation." msgstr "" "Αν έχετε μη χρησιμοποιούμενο χώρο στο σκληρό σας δίσκο τότε αυτή η επιλογή " "θα τον χρησιμοποιήσει για τη νέα σας εγκατάσταση της Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:68 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Use Free Space on a Windows Partition</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71 msgid "" "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " "offer to use it. This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia " "installation, but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have " "backed up all important files!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:77 msgid "" "With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in " "light blue and the proposed Mageia partition in dark blue with their " "intended sizes just underneath. You have the option to modify these sizes by " "clicking and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the following " "screenshot:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:85 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase and use Entire Disk</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:88 msgid "This option will allocate the entire drive for Mageia" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:92 msgid "" "This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care! If you " "intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already have data " "on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use this option." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><important><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:99 msgid "" "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " "partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " "correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, " "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." msgstr "" "Σημειώστε ότι αυτό θα προκαλέσει την συρρίκνωση του μεγέθους της κατάτμησης " "των Windows, κάτι το οποίο μπορεί να διατρέχει κάποιον κίνδυνο. Η κατάτμηση " "θα πρέπει να είναι «καθαρή» δηλαδή τα Windows πρέπει να έχουν κλείσει σωστά " "την τελευταία φορά που χρησιμοποιήθηκαν. Επίσης θα πρέπει να έχετε κάνει " "αποκερμάτωση, ωστόσο δεν αποτελεί εγγύηση ότι όλα τα αρχεία στην κατάτμηση " "έχουν μετακινηθεί εκτός της περιοχής που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Σε κάθε " "περίπτωση θα πρέπει να έχετε πάρει αντίγραφα ασφαλείας των σημαντικών σας " "αρχείων. Θα πρέπει να το ελέγξετε προσεκτικά πριν συνεχίσετε." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:110 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Custom Disk Partitioning</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:113 msgid "" "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " "hard drive(s)." msgstr "" "Αυτό σας δίνει πλήρη έλεγχο στον διαμερισμό της εγκατάστασης στους σκληρούς " "σας δίσκους." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live" "\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129 msgid "" "If you are not using the <emphasis>Custom disk partitioning</emphasis> " "option, then the installer will allocate the available space according to " "the following rules:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135 msgid "" "If the total available space is less than 50 GB, then only one partition is " "created. This will be the <filename>/</filename> (root) partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:141 msgid "" "If the total available space is greater than 50 GB, then three partitions " "are created" msgstr "" "Αν ο συνολικά διαθέσιμος χώρος είναι μεγαλύτερος από 50 GB, τότε " "δημιουργούνται τρεις κατατμήσεις" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:146 msgid "" "6/19 of the total available place is allocated to <filename>/</filename> " "with a maximum of 50 GB" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:151 msgid "1/19 is allocated to <filename>swap</filename> with a maximum of 4 GB" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:156 msgid "" "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to <emphasis>/</" "emphasis><filename>home</filename><emphasis role=\"bold\">.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:164 msgid "" "This means that from 160 GB or greater available space, the installer will " "create three partitions:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:169 msgid "50 GB for <filename>/</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:173 msgid "4 GB for <filename>swap</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:177 msgid "and the remainder for <filename>/home</filename>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:182 msgid "" "If you are using a UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be " "automatically detected - or created if it does not exist yet - and mounted " "on <filename>/boot/EFI</filename>. The <emphasis>Custom disk partitioning</" "emphasis> option is the only one that allows to check it has been correctly " "done." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:188 msgid "" "If you are using a Legacy (also known as BIOS) system with a GPT partitioned " "disk, you need to create a BIOS boot partition if it doesn't already exist. " "It should be about 1 MiB with no mount point. It can be created with the " "Installer, under <emphasis>Custom disk partitioning</emphasis>, like any " "other partition. Be sure to select <quote>BIOS boot partition</quote> for " "filesystem type." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:195 msgid "See <xref linkend=\"diskdrake\"/> for information on how to proceed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:210 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks4.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><important><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:216 msgid "" "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " "previous standard of 512. Due to lack of available hardware, the " "partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested with such a " "drive." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><important><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:221 msgid "" "Some SSD devices now use an erase block size over 1 MB. If you have such a " "device we suggest that you partition the drive in advance, using an " "alternative partitioning tool like gparted, and to use the following " "settings:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><important><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:228 msgid "<emphasis>Align to</emphasis> = MiB" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><important><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:232 msgid "<emphasis>Free space preceding (MiB)</emphasis> = 2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><important><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:236 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created using an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" "Σιγουρευτείτε επίσης ότι όλες οι κατατμήσεις έχουν δημιουργηθεί με ένα ζυγό " "αριθμό mb." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:54 en/DrakLive.xml:16 msgid "Installation from LIVE medium" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση από ζωντανό μέσο" #. type: Content of: <book><info> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:14 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:23 msgid "March 2016" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:25 msgid "Mageia 5" msgstr "Mageia 5" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakX-cover.xml:27 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" msgstr "Η επίσημη τεκμηρίωση της Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:33 en/DrakX-cover.xml:30 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:38 en/DrakLive.xml:25 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 #: en/DrakX.xml:44 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" "\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" "Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την " "άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/" "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</" "link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:42 en/DrakLive.xml:29 en/DrakX-cover.xml:39 #: en/DrakX.xml:48 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" "Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο δημιουργήθηκε με τη βοήθεια του προγράμματος <link ns6:" "href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> που αναπτύσσεται από την " "<link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:52 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" "link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" "Δημιουργήθηκε από εθελοντές δουλεύοντας στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Αν " "επιθυμείτε να βοηθήσετε στην βελτίωση του εγχειριδίου, παρακαλώ " "επικοινωνήστε με την <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "Documentation_team\">Ομάδα της τεκμηρίωσης</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><note> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:56 en/DrakLive.xml:19 en/DrakX-cover.xml:64 #: en/DrakX.xml:38 en/selectKeyboard.xml:49 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:57 en/DrakLive.xml:20 en/DrakX-cover.xml:65 #: en/DrakX.xml:39 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." msgstr "" "Κανένας δεν βλέπει όλες τις οθόνες του εγκαταστάτη που υπάρχουν σε αυτό το " "εγχειρίδιο. Για το ποιες οθόνες θα βλέπετε, εξαρτάται από το υλικό σας και " "τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:60 en/DrakLive.xml:23 en/DrakX-cover.xml:68 #: en/DrakX.xml:42 en/selectKeyboard.xml:56 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakLive.xml:33 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact the <link " "ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " "Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" "Γράφτηκε από εθελοντές στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με " "την <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">ομάδα " "τεκμηρίωσης</link>, αν θέλετε να βελτιώσετε το εγχειρίδιο." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:61 en/DrakX.xml:35 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση με το DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:20 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Φεβρουάριος 2014" #. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:3 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Συγχαρητήρια" #. Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC #. 2018/02/12 apb: Text and typography. #. 2018/02/25 apb: Added clickable link to mageia.org #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " "align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " "align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:18 msgid "" "You have finished installing and configuring Mageia and it is now safe to " "remove the installation medium and reboot your computer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:22 msgid "" "After rebooting, you can use the bootloader screen to choose which operating " "system to start (if there are more than one on your computer)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:26 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." msgstr "" "Αν δεν έχετε αλλάξει τις ρυθμίσεις του προγράμματος εκκίνησης, η εγκατάστασή " "σας της Mageia θα επιλεχθεί αυτόματα και θα εκκινηθεί." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:30 msgid "Enjoy!" msgstr "Απολαύστε!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:32 msgid "" "Visit <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/\">www.mageia.org/en/</link> " "if you have any questions or want to contribute to Mageia" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/firewall.xml:7 msgid "Firewall" msgstr "Τείχος προστασίας" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/firewall.xml:10 msgid "" "This section allows you to configure some simple firewall rules: they " "determine which type of message from the Internet will be accepted by the " "target system. This, in turn, allows the corresponding services on the " "system to be accessible from the Internet." msgstr "" "Αυτή η ενότητα σας επιτρέπει την διαμόρφωση μερικών απλών κανόνων του " "τείχους προστασίας: καθορίζουν τον τύπο των επιτρεπόμενων μηνυμάτων από το " "διαδίκτυο στο σύστημα προορισμού. Αυτό επιτρέπει τανάπαλιν την πρόσβαση των " "αντίστοιχων υπηρεσιών από το διαδίκτυο." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/firewall.xml:16 msgid "" "In the default setting (no button is checked), no service of the system is " "accessible from the network. The <emphasis>Everything (no firewall)</" "emphasis> option enables access to all services of the machine - an option " "that does not make much sense in the context of the installer since it would " "create a totally unprotected system. Its veritable use is in the context of " "the Mageia Control Center (which uses the same GUI layout) for temporarily " "disabling the entire set of firewall rules for testing and debugging " "purposes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/firewall.xml:25 msgid "" "All other options are more or less self-explanatory. As an example, you will " "enable the CUPS server if you want printers on your machine to be accessible " "from the network." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/firewall.xml:29 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Advanced</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Προχωρημένες</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/firewall.xml:31 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> option opens a window where you can enable " "a series of services by typing a list of <quote>couples</quote> (blank " "separated)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/firewall.xml:35 msgid "<emphasis><port-number>/<protocol></emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis><αριθμός-θύρας>/<πρωτόκολλο></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member> #: en/firewall.xml:38 msgid "" "- <emphasis><port-number></emphasis> is the value of the port assigned to " "the service you want to enable (e.g. 873 for the RSYNC service) as defined " "in <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>;" msgstr "" "- <emphasis><αριθμός-θύρας></emphasis>: πρόκειται για τον αριθμός της " "θύρας που έχει ανατεθεί στην υπηρεσία που θέλετε να ενεργοποιήσετε (π.χ. 873 " "για την υπηρεσία RSYNC) όπως καθορίζεται στο <emphasis>RFC-433</emphasis>·" #. type: Content of: <section><simplelist><member> #: en/firewall.xml:42 msgid "" "- <emphasis><protocol></emphasis> is one of <emphasis>TCP</emphasis> or " "<emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - the internet protocol that is used by the service." msgstr "" "- <emphasis><πρωτόκολλο></emphasis> πρόκειται για το <emphasis>TCP</" "emphasis> ή το <emphasis>UDP</emphasis> - το διαδικτυακό πρωτόκολλο της " "εκάστοτε υπηρεσίας." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/firewall.xml:47 msgid "" "For instance, the entry for enabling access to the RSYNC service therefore " "is <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>." msgstr "" "Για παράδειγμα, η καταχώρηση για την ενεργοποίηση της πρόσβασης στην " "υπηρεσία RSYNC είναι η <emphasis>873/tcp</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/firewall.xml:50 msgid "" "In case a service is implemented to use both protocols, you specify 2 " "couples for the same port." msgstr "" "Σε περίπτωση που η υπηρεσία έχει ενσωματωθεί χρησιμοποιώντας και τα δυο " "πρωτόκολλα, θα πρέπει να καθορίσετε 2 ζεύγη για την ίδια θύρα." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:10 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Μορφοποίηση" #. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 #. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. 2018/02/10 apb: Text and typography. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:24 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" "\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live\"> " "<imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions.png\" format=" "\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:35 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be preserved." msgstr "" "Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ποιες κατατμήσεις επιθυμείτε να μορφοποιήσετε. Τα " "δεδομένα στις κατατμήσεις που <emphasis>δεν</emphasis> έχουν σημειωθεί για " "μορφοποίηση θα διατηρηθούν." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:39 msgid "" "Usually, at least the partitions that DrakX selected need to be formatted." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:42 msgid "" "Click on <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> to choose the partitions you want to " "check for so-called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:47 msgid "" "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " "<emphasis>Previous</emphasis>, again on <emphasis>Previous</emphasis> and " "then on <emphasis>Custom</emphasis> to get back to the main screen, where " "you can choose to view details of your partitions." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:54 msgid "" "When you are confident about the selections, click on <emphasis>Next</" "emphasis> to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:32 msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" msgstr "DrakX, ο οδηγός εγκατάστασης της Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:35 msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." msgstr "" "Είτε είστε νέος στο GNU-Linux είτε είστε ένας έμπειρος χρήστης, ο οδηγός " "εγκατάστασης της Mageia έχει σχεδιαστεί για να σας βοηθήσει να " "πραγματοποιήσετε την εγκατάστασή σας ή την αναβάθμισή σας όσο το δυνατόν " "ευκολότερα." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Τα βήματα εγκατάστασης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:44 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps - the status of which " "is indicated in a panel to the left of the screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:50 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens, which may also have <emphasis>Advanced</" "emphasis> sections with extra, less commonly required options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:56 msgid "" "Most screens have <emphasis>Help</emphasis> buttons for further details " "about the particular step." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><caution><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "" "If at some point during the install you decide to abort the installation, it " "is possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><caution><para> #: en/installer.xml:68 msgid "" "If, in spite of this, you are very sure rebooting is what you want, go to a " "text terminal by pressing the keys <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> " "<keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo> together. After that, " "press <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Delete</" "keycap> </keycombo> together to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/installer.xml:86 msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" msgstr "Η πρώτη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος στην εγκατάσταση" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:88 msgid "" "The particular screen that you will first see when booting from the " "Installation media will depend on whether your computer motherboard is of " "the Legacy (BIOS) or UEFI type." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "" "The welcome menu screen has various options, however the default option will " "start the installer, and is normally all that you will need." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/installer.xml:97 msgid "Legacy (BIOS) Systems" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:100 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:111 msgid "" "Install Mageia to a hard disk. This is the default option, and will " "automatically start after a short while unless another option is selected." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:117 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Rescue System</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:119 msgid "" "This option allows you to either re-install the bootloader for an existing " "Mageia installation or you can use it to restore a Windows bootloader." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:132 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">F2: Language</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:134 msgid "Press F2 for alternative languages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/installer.xml:140 msgid "UEFI Systems" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:142 msgid "" "From this screen, you can access options by pressing <keycap>e</keycap> to " "enter the edit mode. To come back to this screen, press <keycap>Esc</keycap> " "to quit without saving or press <keycap>F10</keycap> to save and quit." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:148 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:157 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Install:</emphasis> Start the Install process" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:162 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Rescue:</emphasis> This option allows you to either " "re-install the bootloader for an existing Mageia installation or you can use " "it to restore a Windows bootloader." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">F2: Language:</emphasis> Press <keycap>F2</keycap> " "for alternative languages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:174 msgid "" "If you booted from a USB stick, you will see the above options duplicated, " "and in this case, you should use the set that will be suffixed with \"USB\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/installer.xml:181 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Προβλήματα στην εγκατάσταση και πιθανές λύσεις" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/installer.xml:184 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Δεν λειτουργεί το γραφικό περιβάλλον" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:188 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not progress to the <emphasis>Language " "Selection</emphasis> screen. This can happen with some graphic cards and " "older systems. Try using low resolution by typing <command>vgalo</command> " "at the prompt." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:195 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text-mode installation. To use this press " "<keycap>Esc</keycap> at the <emphasis>Welcome</emphasis> screen and confirm " "with <keycap>ENTER</keycap>. You will be presented with a black screen with " "a <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Type <command>text</command> and press " "<keycap>ENTER</keycap> to continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/installer.xml:208 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Πάγωμα της εγκατάστασης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:210 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic hardware " "detection may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<command>noauto</command> at the prompt. This option may also be combined " "with other parameters as necessary." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/installer.xml:218 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Πρόβλημα RAM" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "" "This will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " "<literal>mem=<replaceable>xxx</replaceable>M</literal> parameter, where " "<replaceable>xxx</replaceable> is the correct amount of RAM. e.g. " "<literal>mem=256M</literal> would specify 256MB of RAM." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/installer.xml:228 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Δυναμικές κατατμήσεις" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:230 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from <literal>Basic</literal> format to " "<literal>Dynamic</literal> format in Microsoft Windows, then it is not " "possible to install Mageia on this disc. To revert to a <literal>Basic</" "literal> disk, see the Microsoft documentation: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn." "microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/" "library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:16 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Ενημερώσεις" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"png\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " "align=\"center\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:25 msgid "" "Since this version of Mageia was released, some packages will have been " "updated or improved." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:30 msgid "" "Select <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> if you wish to download and install them" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:35 msgid "" "Select <emphasis>No</emphasis> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:40 msgid "Press <emphasis>Next</emphasis> to continue" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><title> #: en/locale.xml:9 msgid "Locale" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/login.xml:4 msgid "Login Screen" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/login.xml:7 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"login-im1\" fileref=\"live-" "login.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para> #: en/login.xml:11 msgid "SDDM login screen" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/login.xml:14 msgid "Finally, you will come to the desktop login screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/login.xml:15 msgid "" "Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find " "yourself with a loaded KDE Plasma or GNOME desktop, depending on which live " "medium you used. You can now start using and enjoying your Mageia " "installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/login.xml:16 msgid "" "You can find further documentation in <link xmlns:ns0=\"http://www.w3." "org/1999/xlink\" ns0:href=\"../../installer/\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:10 msgid "Nonfree Media" msgstr "" #. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created #. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) #. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. 2019.01.05 apb: Changed Ati to AMD in Nonfree para. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:24 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" "\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" "\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " "available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " "selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." msgstr "" "Εδώ έχετε τη λίστα με τα διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Ανάλογα με το μέσο που " "χρησιμοποιήσατε για την εγκατάσταση έχετε και διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Η " "επιλογή των αποθετηρίων καθορίζει ποια θα είναι τα διαθέσιμα πακέτα κατά τα " "επόμενα βήματα της εγκατάστασης." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:37 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." msgstr "" "Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Core</emphasis> δεν μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί διότι " "περιέχει τη βάση της διανομής." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:42 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" "of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " "software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and AMD graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:50 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " "a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " "that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " "multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " "to play commercial video DVD's, etc." msgstr "" "Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα τα οποία " "διαθέτουν μια ελεύθερη άδεια. Ο κύριος λόγος που αυτά τα πακέτα βρίσκονται " "σε αυτό το αποθετήριο είναι ότι μπορεί να παραβιάζουν πατέντες και " "πνευματικά δικαιώματα σε ορισμένες χώρες, π.χ. οι αποκωδικοποιητές πολυμέσων " "που απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή διαφόρων αρχείων ήχου/βίντεο, πακέτα που " "απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή εμπορικών βίντεο DVD, κλπ." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 msgid "Minimal Install" msgstr "Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:17 msgid "" "Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " "Mageia, such as a server or a specialised workstation. You will probably use " "this option combined with the <emphasis>Individual package selection</" "emphasis> option to fine-tune your installation. See <xref linkend=" "\"choosePackagesTree\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:24 msgid "" "You can choose a <emphasis>Minimal Installation</emphasis> by de-selecting " "everything in the <emphasis>Package Group Selection</emphasis> screen, see " "<xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:28 msgid "" "If desired, you can additionally tick the <emphasis>Individual package " "selection</emphasis> option in the same screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:33 msgid "" "If you choose this installation method, then the relevant screen (see " "screenshot below) will offer you a few useful extras to install, such as " "documentation and <quote>X</quote>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:37 msgid "" "If the <emphasis>With X</emphasis> option is selected, then IceWM (a " "lightweight desktop environment) will also be included." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:42 msgid "" "The basic documentation is provided in the form of <quote>man</quote> and " "<quote>info</quote> pages. It contains the man pages from the <link xlink:" "href=\"http://www.tldp.org/manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</" "link> and the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/" "manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> info pages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:48 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\" align=" "\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\" align=" "\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Configuration Summary" msgstr "" #. Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6. 20170209 updated SC #. 2018/02/09 apb: Changed title to Configuration Summary (as agreed). Also, text and typography. #. 2018/02/22 apb: Changed list styles. #. 2018/02/23 apb: Updated dx2-summaryBottom.png #. 2018/02/24 apb: Changed list style #. 2018/02/24 apb: Centre-align dx2-summaryTop.png #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summaryTop.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:24 msgid "" "DrakX presents a proposal for the configuration of your system depending on " "the choices you made and on the hardware detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want by pressing <emphasis>Configure</" "emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:30 msgid "" "As a general rule, it is recommended that you accept the default settings " "unless:" msgstr "" "Ως γενικός κανόνας, συνιστάται η αποδοχή των ρυθμίσεων εξ ορισμού εκτός και " "αν:" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "there are known issues with a default setting" msgstr "υπάρχουν γνωστοποιημένα προβλήματα με τις εξ ορισμού ρυθμίσεις" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:37 msgid "the default setting has already been tried and it fails" msgstr "η εξορισμού ρύθμιση έχει ήδη δοκιμαστεί και δεν λειτουργεί σωστά" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:41 msgid "some other factor mentioned in the detailed sections below is an issue" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:49 msgid "System parameters" msgstr "Παράμετροι του συστήματος" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:54 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Timezone</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:56 msgid "" "DrakX selects a timezone for you, depending on your preferred language. You " "can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Country / Region</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:64 msgid "" "If the selected country is wrong, it is very important that you correct the " "setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" msgstr "" "Αν η επιλεγμένη χώρα είναι λανθασμένη, είναι πολύ σημαντικό να διορθώσετε τη " "ρύθμιση. Δείτε <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:70 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Bootloader</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "DrakX proposal for the bootloader setting" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure GRUB2. For more " "information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">User management</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:85 msgid "" "You can add extra users here. They will each be allocated their own " "<filename>/home</filename> directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:91 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Services</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:93 msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run in the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain processes." msgstr "" "Οι υπηρεσίες συστήματος είναι αυτά τα μικρά προγράμματα που εκτελούνται στο " "παρασκήνιο (δαίμονες). Αυτό το εργαλείο σας επιτρέπει την ενεργοποίηση ή την " "απενεργοποίηση ορισμένων διεργασιών." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:97 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly. For more information, see " "<xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 msgid "Hardware parameters" msgstr "Παράμετροι υλικού" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:111 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Keyboard</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:113 msgid "" "Configure your keyboard layout according to your location, language and type " "of keyboard." msgstr "" "Διαμορφώστε την διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου ή οποία εξαρτάται από την " "τοποθεσία σας, τη γλώσσα ή τον τύπο του πληκτρολογίου." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:118 msgid "" "If you notice a wrong keyboard layout and want to change it, keep in mind " "that your passwords are going to change too." msgstr "" "Αν διαπιστώσετε μια λανθασμένη διάταξη πληκτρολογίου και επιθυμείτε να την " "αλλάξετε, λάβετε υπόψη ότι ο κωδικός πρόσβασης θα αλλάξει επίσης." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:124 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mouse</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." msgstr "" "Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε ή να διαμορφώσετε άλλες συσκευές κατάδειξης, " "ταμπλέτες, σφαιροδείκτες κλπ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:131 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sound card</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:133 msgid "The installer will use the default driver if one is available." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 en/soundConfig.xml:46 msgid "" "If there is no actual default driver for your sound card, there may be other " "possible alternative drivers available to choose from. If this is the case, " "but you think the installer has not made the most appropriate choice, you " "can click on <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> to manually specify a driver." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:144 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphical interface</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:146 msgid "" "This section allows you to configure your graphics card(s) and displays. For " "more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:155 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align=" "\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" align=" "\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:163 msgid "Network and Internet parameters" msgstr "Παράμετροι δικτύου και διαδικτύου" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:169 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Network</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free " "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, using the Mageia Control " "Center, if you have not yet enabled the <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> media " "repositories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to monitor " "that interface as well." msgstr "" "Όταν προσθέτετε μια κάρτα δικτύου, μην ξεχάσετε να διαμορφώσετε το τοίχος " "προστασίας για την εποπτεία των επαφών αυτών." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Proxies</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:187 msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "Internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:192 msgid "" "You may need to consult your systems administrator to obtain the parameters " "you need to enter here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:201 msgid "Security" msgstr "Ασφάλεια" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Security Level</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:208 msgid "" "The Security level for your computer, in most cases the default setting " "(Standard) is adequate for general use. Select the option which best suits " "your usage." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:215 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Firewall</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "The firewall allows you to manage which network connections are allowed on " "your computer. The safe and secure default is to allow ZERO inbound " "connections. This does not stop you connecting outbound and using your " "computer normally." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:223 msgid "" "Please be aware that the Internet is a high risk network where there are " "continuous attempts to probe and attack systems. Even seemingly <quote>safe</" "quote> connections such as ICMP (for ping) have been used as covert data " "channels for exfiltrating data by malicious persons." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:229 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"firewall\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:232 msgid "" "Bear in mind that allowing <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (no firewall) may " "be very risky." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/reboot.xml:3 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "Επανεκκίνηση" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/reboot.xml:7 msgid "" "Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your " "computer, remove the live DVD/USB stick and restart the computer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><important><simpara> #: en/reboot.xml:9 msgid "" "Ensure that you follow these shut-down and restart instruction steps in the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">same</emphasis> order." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/reboot.xml:12 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><simpara> #: en/reboot.xml:16 msgid "When you are ready, press <emphasis>Finish</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><simpara> #: en/reboot.xml:17 msgid "" "When you restart, you will see a succession of download progress bars. These " "indicate that the software media lists are being downloaded (see " "<emphasis>Software Management</emphasis>)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/reboot.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-" "reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\" fileref=\"live-" "reboot.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" msgstr "" "Αλλαγή μεγέθους κατάτμησης των <application>Windows<superscript>®</" "superscript></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" "You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" "application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " "space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." msgstr "" "Έχετε περισσότερες από μια κατατμήσεις των " "<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Επιλέξτε " "αυτήν που θα πρέπει να μειωθεί το μέγεθος ώστε να δημιουργηθεί ο κατάλληλος " "χώρος για την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:10 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Επίπεδο ασφάλειας" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. 2018/02/12 apb: Minor wording. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:26 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Please choose the desired security level</emphasis>" msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Παρακαλώ επιλέξτε το επιθυμητό επίπεδο ασφαλείας</" "emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:29 msgid "" "<emphasis>Standard</emphasis> is the default, and recommended setting for " "the average user." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:32 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secure</emphasis> will create a highly protected system - for " "instance if the system is to be used as a public server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:36 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Security Administrator</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Διαχειριστής ασφαλείας</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:38 msgid "" "This item allows you to configure an email address to which the system will " "send <emphasis>security alert messages</emphasis> when it detects situations " "which require notification to a system administrator." msgstr "" "Αυτό το αντικείμενο σας επιτρέπει να διαμορφώσετε μια ηλεκτρονική διεύθυνση " "στην οποία το σύστημα θα στέλνει <emphasis>μηνύματα ειδοποιήσεων ασφαλείας</" "emphasis> όταν ανιχνεύονται καταστάσεις οι οποίες απαιτούν να ειδοποιηθεί ο " "διαχειριστής του συστήματος." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:43 msgid "" "A good, and easy-to-implement, choice is to enter <user>@localhost - " "where <user> is the login name of the user to receive these messages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:48 msgid "" "The system sends such messages as <emphasis role=\"bold\">Unix Mailspool " "messages</emphasis>, not as \"ordinary\" SMTP mail: this user must therefore " "be configured for receiving such mail!" msgstr "" "Το σύστημα στέλνει τα μηνύματα ως <emphasis role=\"bold\">Unix Mailspool</" "emphasis> μηνύματα και όχι ως «τυπική» SMTP αλληλογραφία: ωστόσο ο χρήστης " "πρέπει να έχει οριστεί για να λάβετε την αλληλογραφία!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:53 msgid "" "It will always be possible to adjust your security settings post-install in " "the <emphasis>Security</emphasis> section of the Mageia Control Center." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:15 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "Επιλογή και χρήση των ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Εισαγωγή" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:19 msgid "" "Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose " "which image best suits your needs." msgstr "" "Η Mageia διανέμεται μέσω εικόνων ISO. Αυτή η σελίδα θα σας βοηθήσει να " "επιλέξετε ποια εικόνα ταιριάζει καλύτερα στις ανάγκες σας." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 msgid "There are three types of installation media:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Classical installer:</emphasis> Booting with this " "media provides you with the maximum flexibility when choosing what to " "install, and for configuring your system. In particular, you have a choice " "of which Desktop environment to install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">LIVE media:</emphasis> This option allows you to try " "out Mageia without having to actually install it, or make any changes to " "your computer. However, the Live media also includes an Installer, which can " "be started when booting the media, or after booting into the Live operating " "system itself." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37 msgid "" "The Live Installer is simpler compared to the Classical Installer - but you " "have fewer configuration options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><important><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "" "Live ISOs can only be used to create <quote>clean</quote> installations, " "they cannot be used to upgrade previously installed Mageia releases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Net Install</emphasis>: These are minimal ISO's " "containing no more than that which is needed to start the DrakX installer " "and find <literal>DrakX-installer-stage2</literal> and other packages that " "are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be on " "the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient if " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, or if you have a PC without a " "DVD drive or is unable to boot from a USB stick." msgstr "" "Αυτά τα μέσα είναι πολύ ελαφριά (μικρότερα από 100 MB) και εξυπηρετούν όταν " "το εύρος ζώνης είναι πολύ μικρό για τη λήψη ενός πλήρους DVD, ή όταν ο " "υπολογιστής δεν διαθέτει οδηγό DVD ή όταν ο υπολογιστής δεν υποστηρίζει την " "εκκίνηση από ένα κλειδί USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:58 msgid "More details are given in the next sections." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:61 msgid "Media" msgstr "Μέσα" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:63 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Ορισμός" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and, by extension, any physical medium (DVD, " "USB stick, ...) the ISO file is copied to." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:67 msgid "" "You can find Mageia ISO's <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/" "downloads/\">here</link>." msgstr "" "Μπορείτε να βρείτε τα ISO της Mageia <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/" "en/downloads/\">εδώ</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Μέσο κλασσικής εγκατάστασης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:72 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:104 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Κοινά χαρακτηριστικά" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "These ISOs use the Classical installer called DrakX" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:78 msgid "" "They are used for performing clean installs or to upgrade a previously " "installed version of Mageia" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 msgid "Different media for 32 and 64-bit architectures" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:85 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Installer <quote>Welcome</quote> screen: " "<emphasis>Rescue System, Memory Test, </emphasis>and <emphasis>Hardware " "Detection Tool</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:95 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non-free software" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Ζωντανό μέσο" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the Mageia operating system without having to install " "it" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "The Live media also includes an Installer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:114 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (Plasma, GNOME or Xfce)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:121 msgid "They contain non-free software" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126 msgid "Live DVD Plasma" msgstr "Ζωντανό DVD Plasma" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:129 msgid "Plasma desktop environment only" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "All available languages are present" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 msgid "64-bit architecture only" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:143 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "Live DVD Xfce" msgstr "Ζωντανό DVD XFCE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:157 msgid "Xfce desktop environment only" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "32 or 64-bit architectures" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:169 msgid "Net install media" msgstr "Μέσο εγκατάστασης δικτύου" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 msgid "First steps are English language only" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "netinstall.iso" msgstr "netinstall.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those who prefer to not use non-free " "software" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:191 msgid "netinstall-nonfree.iso" msgstr "netinstall-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:194 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for those who need it" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:202 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Λήψη και έλεγχος των μέσων" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Λήψη" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:205 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, you are provided with some information, such as " "the mirror in use and an option to switch to an alternative if the bandwidth " "is too low." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:209 msgid "" "If http is chosen you will also see some information regarding checksums." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 msgid "" "<literal>md5sum</literal>, <literal>sha1sum</literal> and " "<literal>sha512sum</literal> (the most secure) are tools to check the ISO " "integrity. Copy one of the checksums (string of alphanumeric characters) for " "use in the next section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 msgid "In the meantime, a window to download the actual ISO will open:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:229 msgid "" "Click on <emphasis>Save File</emphasis>, then click <emphasis>OK</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:233 msgid "Checking the integrity of the downloaded media" msgstr "Έλεγχος της ακεραιότητας του ληφθέντος αρχείου" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:235 msgid "" "The checksums referred to earlier, are digital fingerprints generated by an " "algorithm from the file to be downloaded. You may compare the checksum of " "your downloaded ISO against that of the original source ISO. If the " "checksums do not match, it means that the actual data on the ISO's do not " "match, and if that is the case, then you should retry the download or " "attempt a repair using BitTorrent." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "" "To generate the checksum for your downloaded ISO, open a console, (no need " "to be root), and:" msgstr "" "Για την δημιουργία του αθροίσματος ελέγχου για το ειλημμένο ISO, ανοίξτε το " "τερματικό (δεν χρειάζεται σύνδεση ως root), και:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "To use the md5sum, type: <command>md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</command>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:249 msgid "" "To use the sha1sum, type: <command>sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</" "command>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "" "To use the sha512sum, type: <command>sha512sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</" "command>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258 msgid "Example:" msgstr "Παράδειγμα:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:260 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Md5sum.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:265 msgid "" "then compare the result (you may have to wait for a while) with the ISO " "checksum provided by Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:270 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Εγγραφή ή αποτύπωση του ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "The verified ISO can now be burned to a CD/DVD or <quote>dumped</quote> to a " "USB stick. This is not a standard copy operation, as a bootable medium will " "actually be created." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:275 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Εγγραφή του ISO σε ένα CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 msgid "" "Whichever software you use, ensure that the option to burn an<emphasis> " "image</emphasis> is used. Burn <emphasis>data</emphasis> or <emphasis>files</" "emphasis> is NOT correct. See the <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link> for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Αποτύπωση του ISO σε ένα κλειδί USB" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can dump them to a USB stick " "and then use that to boot and install the system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:286 msgid "" "Dumping an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system on " "the device and all existing data will be lost." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:290 msgid "" "Also, the only partition on the flash device will then just be the Mageia " "ISO partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 msgid "" "So, if an ISO of about 4GB is written to an 8GB USB stick, the stick will " "then only show up as 4GB. This is because the remaining 4GB is no longer " "formatted - hence not currently available for use. To recover the original " "capacity, you must reformat and repartition the USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia" msgstr "Χρήση ενός εργαλείου γραφικού περιβάλλοντος στην Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:300 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" "Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα εργαλείο γραφικού περιβάλλοντος όπως το " "<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows" msgstr "Χρήση ενός εργαλείου γραφικού περιβάλλοντος στα Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "Μπορείτε να δοκιμάσετε:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:307 msgid "" "<link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using the " "\"ISO image\" option" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 msgid "" "<link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" msgstr "" "Το <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:317 msgid "Using the Command line within a GNU/Linux system" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:319 msgid "" "It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk overwriting " "potentially valuable existing data if you specify the wrong target device." msgstr "" "Είναι εν δυνάμει *επικίνδυνο* να το πραγματοποιήσετε χειροκίνητα. " "Διακινδυνεύετε να αντικαταστήσετε σημαντικά δεδομένα αν καθορίσετε " "λανθασμένα το αναγνωριστικό της συσκευής." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Ανοίξτε ένα τερματικό" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 msgid "" "Become a <emphasis>root</emphasis> (Administrator) user with the command " "<command>su -</command> (don't forget the <command>-</command> )" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Root.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:338 msgid "" "Plug in your USB stick - but do not mount it (this also means do not open " "any application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 msgid "Enter the command <command>fdisk -l</command>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"Fdisk.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example " "<filename>/dev/sdb</filename> in the screenshot above, is an 8GB USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354 msgid "" "Alternatively, you can find the device name with the command <command>dmesg</" "command>. Towards the end of the following example, you can see the device " "name starting with <filename>sd</filename>, and in this case, <filename>sdd</" "filename> is the actual device. You can also see that its size is 2GB:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para><screen> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" "[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" "[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" "[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" "[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" "[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" "[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" "[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" "[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" "[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" "[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" "[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" "[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" "[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" "[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" "[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" "[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" "[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" msgstr "" "[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n" "[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n" "[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n" "[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n" "[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n" "[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n" "[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" "[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n" "[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n" "[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n" "[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access JetFlash Transcend 2GB 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n" "[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n" "[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n" "[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n" "[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n" "[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n" "[72595.967251] <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n" "[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 msgid "<placeholder type=\"screen\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"screen\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:380 msgid "" "Enter the command: <command>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/" "sd<replaceable>X</replaceable> bs=1M</command>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382 msgid "" "Where <replaceable>X</replaceable>=your device name eg: <filename>/dev/sdd</" "filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384 msgid "" "Example:<literal> dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-6-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/" "sdd bs=1M</literal>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><tip><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:388 msgid "" "It might be helpful to know that <emphasis role=\"bold\">if</emphasis> " "stands for <emphasis role=\"bold\">i</emphasis>nput <emphasis role=\"bold" "\">f</emphasis>ile and <emphasis role=\"bold\">of</emphasis> stands for " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">o</emphasis>utput <emphasis role=\"bold\">f</" "emphasis>ile" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: <command>sync</command>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:395 msgid "This is the end of the process, and you may now unplug your USB stick." msgstr "" "Φτάσαμε στο τέλος της διεργασίας και μπορείτε να αποσυνδέσετε το κλειδί USB." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:3 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Επιλέξτε τη χώρα/περιοχή σας" #. Lebarhon 2016 12 16 updated for Mageia 6 #. 2018/02/13 apb: Minor wording + typography. #. 2018/02/25 apb: a) add xreflabel to this section. b) make some text bulleted. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align=" "\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\" align=" "\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:20 msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to being unable to use a Wireless network." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 msgid "" "If your country isn't in the list, click the <emphasis>Other Countries</" "emphasis> option and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:34 msgid "" "If your country is only in the <emphasis>Other Countries</emphasis> list, " "after clicking <emphasis>OK</emphasis> it may seem that a country from the " "main list was chosen. Despite this, DrakX will actually apply your choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:42 msgid "Input method" msgstr "Μέθοδος εισαγωγής" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:45 msgid "" "In the <emphasis>Other Countries</emphasis> screen you can also select an " "input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " "multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method, so users should not need to configure it manually. " "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions " "and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:54 msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "post-install via <menuchoice> <guimenu>Configure your Computer</guimenu> " "<guimenuitem>System</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, or by running " "<command>localedrake</command> as <emphasis>root</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:29 msgid "Install or Upgrade" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση ή αναβάθμιση" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:33 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass." "png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 msgid "" "Use this option to perform a fresh installation of Mageia. This will format " "the <literal>root</literal> partition (<filename>/</filename>), but can " "preserve a pre-existing <filename>/home</filename> partition (a dedicated /" "home partition, rather than being incorporated within the root (/) partition " "itself)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:50 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Upgrade</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:52 msgid "Use this option to upgrade an existing installation of Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><important><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:58 msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this Installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that has reached " "its <quote>End Of Life</quote> then it is better to do a <quote>clean</" "quote> install instead, while preserving your <filename>/home</filename> " "partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" "If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " "can return from the <emphasis>Install or Upgrade</emphasis> screen to the " "language choice screen by pressing <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> " "<keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Home</keycap> </keycombo>. Do<emphasis role=" "\"bold\"> NOT</emphasis> do this later in the install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:14 msgid "Select Keyboard" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:18 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png" "\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:24 msgid "Here you can set the keyboard layout you wish to use with Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:27 msgid "" "A suggested keyboard layout (highlighted), has been chosen for you based " "upon your previously selected language and timezone choices." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:20 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Πληκτρολόγιο" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:23 msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." msgstr "" "Το DrakX επιλέγει το κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο για τη γλώσσα σας. Αν δεν βρεθεί " "ένα κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο θα οριστεί ως προκαθορισμένο ένα με διάταξη των Η." "Π.Α." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:28 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"/" "> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:35 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " "If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " "that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " "label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." "wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" msgstr "" "Σιγουρευτείτε ότι η επιλογή είναι σωστή ή επιλέξτε μια άλλη διάταξη " "πληκτρολογίου. Αν δεν γνωρίζετε ποια είναι η διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου σας, " "δείτε στα χαρακτηριστικά του υπολογιστή σας ή ρωτήστε τον προμηθευτή του " "υπολογιστή σας. Ίσως υπάρχει και κάποια ετικέτα στο πληκτρολόγιο με κάποιο " "αναγνωριστικό της διάταξης. Μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε εδώ: <link xlink:href=" "\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" "Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <emphasis>More</emphasis> " "to get a fuller list, and select your keyboard there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><note><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:50 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <emphasis>More</emphasis> dialogue, " "you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialogue and it will seem as " "though a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this " "and continue the installation: the keyboard chosen from the full list will " "be applied." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:60 msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialogue screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the " "Latin and non-Latin keyboard layouts" msgstr "" "Αν επιλέξετε ένα πληκτρολόγιο βασισμένο σε μη λατινικούς χαρακτήρες, θα " "δείτε έναν επιπλέον διάλογο στον οποίο θα ερωτηθείτε πως επιθυμείτε να " "κάνετε την εναλλαγή της διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου μεταξύ του λατινικού και " "του μη λατινικού." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:34 msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "Παρακαλώ επιλέξτε τη γλώσσα που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:39 msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. Mageia will use this selection during the installation and for " "your installed system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:45 msgid "" "Select your preferred language. Mageia will use this selection during the " "installation and for your installed system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:50 msgid "" "If it is likely that you (or others) will require several languages to be " "installed on your system, then you should use the <emphasis>Multiple " "languages</emphasis> option to add them now. It will be difficult to add " "extra language support after installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:58 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-language.png" "\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><important><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:68 msgid "" "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one as your " "preferred language from the main list of languages. It will also be marked " "as chosen in the <emphasis>Multiple languages</emphasis> screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:76 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the required language for your keyboard as well" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:82 msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "<emphasis>Multiple languages</emphasis> screen if you know that it is " "inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed " "languages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:89 msgid "" "You can change the language for your system post-installation in the " "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Mageia Control Center</guimenu> <guimenuitem>System</" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>localization for your system</guimenuitem> </" "menuchoice>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:10 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Επιλογή ποντικιού" #. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 #. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place #. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. 2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:24 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " "format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:29 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." msgstr "" "Αν δεν είστε ευχαριστημένος με την απόκριση του ποντικιού σας, μπορείτε από " "εδώ να επιλέξετε κάποιο άλλο." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:32 msgid "" "Usually, <menuchoice> <guimenu>Universal</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Any PS/2 and " "USB mice</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> is a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:38 msgid "" "Select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Universal</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Force edev</" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to configure the buttons that do not work on a " "mouse with six or more buttons." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:7 en/setupBootloader.xml:206 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" msgstr "Προσθήκη ή επεξεργασία μιας καταχώρησης στο μενού Εκκίνησης" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:11 msgid "" "To do this you need to manually edit /boot/grub2/custom.cfg or use the " "software <emphasis role=\"bold\">grub-customizer</emphasis> tool instead " "(available in the Mageia repositories)." msgstr "" "Για να το κάνετε αυτό θα πρέπει να επεξεργαστείτε χειροκίνητα το /boot/grub2/" "custom.cfg ή να χρησιμοποιήσετε το λογισμικό <emphasis role=\"bold\">grub-" "customizer</emphasis> (Διαθέσιμο στα αποθετήρια της Mageia)." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 msgid "" "For more information, see: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-" "efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link>" msgstr "" "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στο wiki μας <link ns:href=\"https://" "wikimageiaorg/en/Grub-efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-" "efi_and_Mageia</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:10 msgid "Bootloader" msgstr "Πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:13 msgid "Grub2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:15 msgid "Grub2 on Legacy MBR/GPT systems" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 msgid "" "GRUB2 (with or without graphical menu) will be used exclusively as the " "bootloader for a Legacy/MBR or Legacy/GPT system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:21 msgid "" "By default, a new bootloader will be written into either the MBR (Master " "Boot Record) of your first hard drive or in the BIOS boot partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:27 msgid "Grub2-efi on UEFI systems" msgstr "Grub2 σε συστήματα UEFI" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:29 msgid "GRUB2-efi will be used exclusively as the bootloader for a UEFI system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:33 msgid "" "By default, a new bootloader (Grub2-efi) will be written into the ESP (EFI " "System Partition)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:35 msgid "" "If there are already UEFI-based operating systems installed on your computer " "(Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer will detect the existing ESP " "created by Windows and add grub2-efi to it. If no ESP exists, then one will " "be created. Although it is possible to have several ESPs, only one is " "required, whatever the number of operating systems you have." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:46 msgid "Bootloader Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Κύριες επιλογές του προγράμματος εκκίνησης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live" "\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-" "im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Bootloader to use</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:63 msgid "" "This feature is only available to Legacy MBR/BIOS systems. Users of UEFI " "systems will not see this option here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:67 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot device</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:68 msgid "Don't change this unless you really know what you are doing" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Delay before booting the default image</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:74 msgid "" "This text box lets you set a delay, in seconds, before the default operating " "system is started up." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:78 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:79 msgid "" "This allows you to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username " "and password will be required when booting in order to select a booting " "entry or change settings. This is optional, and most people are not likely " "to have a need for it. The username is <literal>root</literal> and the " "password is the one chosen hereafter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:88 msgid "Choose a password for the bootloader (optional)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password (again)</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:92 msgid "" "Retype the password and DrakX will check that it matches with the one set " "above" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:96 en/setupBootloader.xml:154 msgid "<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:99 msgid "<emphasis>Enable ACPI</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:100 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for power " "management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices. Deselecting it " "could be useful if, for example, your computer does not support ACPI or if " "you think the ACPI implementation might cause some problems (for instance " "random reboots or system lockups)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:108 msgid "<emphasis>Enable SMP</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:109 msgid "" "This option enables/disables symmetric multiprocessing for multi-core " "processors" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:113 msgid "<emphasis>Enable APIC</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:114 msgid "" "Enabling this gives the operating system access to the Advanced Programmable " "Interrupt Controller. APIC devices permit more complex priority models, and " "Advanced IRQ (Interrupt Request) management." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:120 msgid "<emphasis>Enable Local APIC</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:121 msgid "" "Here you can set Local APIC, which manages all external interrupts for a " "specific processor in an SMP system" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:127 msgid "Bootloader Configuration" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του προγράμματος εκκίνησης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:129 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live" "\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-setupBootloader3.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:139 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Default</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:140 msgid "The operating system to started up by default" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:143 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Append</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:144 msgid "" "This option lets you pass information to the kernel or tell the kernel to " "give you more information as it boots" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:148 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Probe foreign OS</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:149 msgid "" "If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to " "add them to your new Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, " "then untick the Probe Foreign OS option." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:156 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition=\"live" "\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-setupBootloader4.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:166 msgid "<emphasis>Video mode</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:167 msgid "" "This sets the screen size and colour depth to be used by the boot menu. If " "you click the down-triangle you will be offered other size and colour depth " "options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:172 msgid "<emphasis>Do not touch ESP or MBR</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:173 msgid "" "Select this option if you don't want a bootable Mageia, but would rather " "chain-load it from another OS. You will get a warning that the bootloader is " "missing. Click<emphasis> Ok</emphasis> if you are sure you understand the " "implications, and wish to proceed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:181 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-setupBootloader5.png\" align=\"center" "\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:188 msgid "Other Options" msgstr "Άλλες επιλογές" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:190 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Χρήση ενός υπάρχοντος μενού εκκίνησης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:191 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding Mageia to an existing bootloader is beyond " "the scope of this documentation. However in most cases it will involve " "running the relevant bootloader installation program, which should detect " "Mageia and automatically add an entry for it in the bootloader menu. See the " "documentation for the relevant operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:199 msgid "Installing Without a Bootloader" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:200 msgid "" "While you can opt to install Mageia without a bootloader (see section 2.1 " "Advanced), this is not recommended unless you absolutely know what you are " "doing, as without some form of bootloader your operating system will be " "unable to start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:207 msgid "" "To do this you need to manually edit <filename>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</" "filename> or use the software <application>grub-customizer</application> " "tool instead (available in the Mageia repositories)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:212 msgid "" "For more information, see: <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-" "efi_and_Mageia\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Grub2-efi_and_Mageia</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:10 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Διαμόρφωση SCSI" #. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 #. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 #. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) #. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. #. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the #. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. 2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography. #. 2018/0217 apb: Merge 2nd/3rd paras and reword. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:33 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 msgid "" "DrakX will normally detect hard disks correctly. However, with some older " "SCSI controllers it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use " "and subsequently fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" "Το DrakX κανονικά θα εντοπίσει τους σκληρούς σας δίσκους σωστά. Ωστόσο, " "μπορεί να αποτύχει στον εντοπισμό ορισμένων παλαιότερων ελεγκτών οδηγών SCSI " "με αποτέλεσμα να αποτύχει η εγκατάσταση των απαραίτητων οδηγών." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:44 msgid "" "If your device is not recognised, you will need to manually tell DrakX which " "SCSI drive(s) you have. DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) " "correctly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><title> #: en/software.xml:4 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/software.xml:7 msgid "Media Selection" msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:10 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ήχου" #. Lebarhon 20170209 updated SC #. 2018/02/13 apb: Text and typography. #. 2018/02/17 apb: Centre-align PNG #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:26 msgid "" "This screen shows the details of the sound card driver chosen for you by the " "installer, and this driver should work without problems." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:29 msgid "" "However, if you encounter any issues post-install, then run " "<command>draksound</command> or start this tool via <menuchoice> " "<guimenu>Mageia Control Center</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Hardware</guimenuitem> " "<guimenuitem>Sound Configuration</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Then, in the " "<literal>draksound</literal> or <emphasis>Sound Configuration</emphasis> " "screen, click on <emphasis>Troubleshooting</emphasis> to find useful advice " "about how to solve the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:43 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Για προχωρημένους" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:10 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Επιβεβαίωση του σκληρού δίσκου προς μορφοποίηση" #. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 #. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct #. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I #. saw this help screen when I had only one HD #. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. 2018/02/15 apb: Text and typography #. 2018/02/20 apb: Change the 2 paras to itemized listitems. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:29 msgid "" "<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=" "\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject " "condition=\"live\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-" "takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:42 msgid "" "Click on <emphasis>Previous</emphasis> if you are at all unsure about your " "choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:48 msgid "" "Click on <emphasis>Next</emphasis> to proceed if you are sure that it is OK " "to erase <emphasis role=\"bold\">every</emphasis> partition, <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">every</emphasis> operating system and <emphasis role=\"bold\">all " "data</emphasis> that might be on that hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/testing.xml:11 msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system" msgstr "Δοκιμάστε την Mageia ως σύστημα Live" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/testing.xml:16 msgid "Live mode" msgstr "Λειτουργία Live" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/testing.xml:19 msgid "" "This is the screen you will see if you selected the <emphasis role=\"bold" "\">Boot Mageia </emphasis>option from the Live media menu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/testing.xml:23 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/testing.xml:30 msgid "Testing hardware" msgstr "Έλεγχος του υλικού" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/testing.xml:33 msgid "" "One of the aims of using the Live mode is to test that your hardware is " "correctly managed by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in " "the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/testing.xml:40 msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet" msgstr "διεπαφή δικτύου: διαμόρφωση με το net_applet" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/testing.xml:44 msgid "graphics card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/testing.xml:49 msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played" msgstr "ήχος: ένας κωδωνισμός εκτελέσθηκε ήδη" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/testing.xml:53 msgid "printer: configure your printer/s and print a test page" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/testing.xml:57 msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..." msgstr "σαρωτής: σάρωση ενός εγγράφου από την συσκευή..." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/testing.xml:61 msgid "" "If everything is satisfactory, you can proceed with the installation. If " "not, you can use the <emphasis>Quit</emphasis> button to exit." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/testing.xml:66 msgid "" "The configuration settings you apply here are carried over if you decide to " "proceed with the installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/testing.xml:73 msgid "Launch installation" msgstr "Εκκίνηση της εγκατάστασης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/testing.xml:76 msgid "" "To launch the installation of the Live DVD to a hard disk or SSD drive, " "simply click the <emphasis>Install on Hard Disk</emphasis> icon on the Live " "desktop. You will then see this screen, followed by the <link linkend=" "\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/testing.xml:82 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:10 msgid "Uninstalling Mageia" msgstr "Απεγκατάσταση της Mageia " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:18 msgid "" "If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly - in short " "you want get rid of it - that is your right and Mageia also gives you the " "possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system." msgstr "" "Αν η Mageia δεν σας «έπεισε» ή αν δεν δεν μπορείτε να την απεγκαταστήσετε " "σωστά, με λίγα λόγια αν θέλετε να την «ξεφορτωθείτε» - είναι δικαίωμά σας " "και η Mageia σας δίνει τη δυνατότητα να το κάνετε εν αντιθέσει άλλων " "λειτουργικών συστημάτων." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:23 msgid "" "After backing up your data, reboot your Mageia installation DVD and select " "<emphasis>Rescue system</emphasis>, then <emphasis>Restore Windows boot " "loader</emphasis>. At the next boot, you will only have Windows, with no " "option to choose your Mageia operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28 msgid "" "In Windows, to recover the space used by Mageia partitions: click on " "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Start</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Control Panel</" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Administrative Tools</guimenuitem> " "<guimenuitem>Computer Management</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Storage</" "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Disk Management</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. You " "will recognise a Mageia partition because they are labeled <literal>Unknown</" "literal>, and also by their size and place on the disk. Right-click on each " "of these partitions and select <emphasis>Delete</emphasis> to free up the " "space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:46 msgid "" "If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it " "(FAT32 or NTFS). It will then get a partition letter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:49 msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as <emphasis role=\"bold" "\">gparted</emphasis>, available for both Windows and Linux. As always, when " "changing partitions, be very careful to back up anything important to you." msgstr "" "Αν έχετε Vista ή 7, έχετε ακόμα μια επιλογή, μπορείτε να επεκτείνετε την " "υπάρχουσα κατάτμηση που βρίσκεται στα αριστερά από τον απελευθερωμένο χώρο. " "Υπάρχουν και άλλα εργαλεία κατατμήσεων που μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν, όπως " "το <emphasis role=\"bold\">gparted</emphasis>, διαθέσιμο για Windows και " "Linux. Όπως πάντα, κατά την αλλαγή των κατατμήσεων, φροντίστε να έχετε πάρει " "αντίγραφα ασφαλείας για όλα τα σημαντικά σας αρχεία." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/unused.xml:3 msgid "Keep or delete unused material" msgstr "Διατήρηση ή αφαίρεση των μη χρησιμοποιούμενων συσκευών " #. 2018/03/03 apb: Adjusted text and updated SC's to Mga6. #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/unused.xml:9 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\" fileref=\"live-" "unused.png\" align=\"center\" revision=\"1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/unused.xml:14 msgid "" "In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused " "hardware packages and you are then given an opportunity to delete them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/unused.xml:18 msgid "" "If you do not foresee a case where your installation may need to run on " "different hardware, or that you might need additional localization files " "then you might wish to accept this proposal." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/unused.xml:22 msgid "" "Clicking <emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> will list the unused hardware and " "localization files that will be removed if you proceed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/unused.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/" "> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/" "> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/unused.xml:31 msgid "" "The next step is the copying of files to hard disk. This process should just " "take a little while to complete. When it is finishing you will briefly get a " "blank screen - this is normal." msgstr ""